diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/en/rst')
83 files changed, 11468 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/docs/en/rst/_static/bugzilla.css b/docs/en/rst/_static/bugzilla.css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06f5c8375 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/_static/bugzilla.css @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +@import 'default.css'; + +dt { font-weight: bold; } + +/* Custom roles */ +.param { font-weight: bold; } +.paramval { font-family: monospace; } +.group { font-family: monospace; } +.field { font-weight: bold; } +.command { font-family: monospace; font-size: 130% } + +.admonition-todo { + background-color: lightpink; + border: 2px darkred solid; +} + +/* Make Buggie's antenna not take up so much space */ +.logo { + display: block; + margin-top: -20px; +} diff --git a/docs/en/rst/about/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/about/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..239c6ecea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/about/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +.. _about: + +======================== +About This Documentation +======================== + +This is the documentation for version |version| of Bugzilla, a bug-tracking +system from Mozilla. Bugzilla is an enterprise-class piece of software +that tracks millions of bugs and issues for thousands of organizations around +the world. + +The most current version of this document can always be found on the +`Bugzilla website <http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/>`_. + +.. _evaluating: + +Evaluating Bugzilla +################### + +If you want to try out Bugzilla to see if it meets your needs, you can do so +on `Landfill <https://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-4.4-branch/>`_, our test +server. The `Bugzilla FAQ <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:FAQ>`_ may also +be helpful, as it answers a number of questions people sometimes have about +whether Bugzilla is for them. + +.. _getting-help: + +Getting More Help +################# + +If this document does not answer your questions, we run a +`Mozilla forum <https://www.mozilla.org/about/forums/#support-bugzilla>`_ +which can be accessed as a newsgroup, mailing list, or over the web as a +Google Group. Please +`search it <https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/mozilla.support.bugzilla>`_ +first, and then ask your question there. + +If you need a guaranteed response, commercial support is +`available <http://www.bugzilla.org/support/consulting.html>`_ for Bugzilla +from a number of people and organizations. + +.. _conventions: + +Document Conventions +#################### + +This document uses the following conventions: + +.. warning:: This is a warning—something you should be aware of. + +.. note:: This is just a note, for your information. + +A filename or a path to a filename is displayed like this: +:file:`/path/to/filename.ext` + +A command to type in the shell is displayed like this: +:command:`command --arguments` + +A sample of code is illustrated like this: + +:: + + First Line of Code + Second Line of Code + ... + +This documentation is maintained in +`reStructured Text +<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/user/rst/quickstart.html>`_ format using +the `Sphinx <http://www.sphinx-doc.org/>`_ documentation system. It has +recently been rewritten, so it undoubtedly has bugs. Please file any you find, in +the `Bugzilla Documentation +<https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla;component=Documentation>`_ +component in Mozilla's installation of Bugzilla. If you also want to make a +patch, that would be wonderful. Changes are best submitted as diffs, attached +to a bug. There is a :ref:`Style Guide <style-guide>` to help you write any +new text and markup. + +.. _license: + +License +####### + +Bugzilla is `free <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html>`_ and +`open source <http://opensource.org/osd>`_ software, which means (among other +things) that you can download it, install it, and run it for any purpose +whatsoever without the need for license or payment. Isn't that refreshing? + +Bugzilla's code is made available under the +`Mozilla Public License 2.0 <http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/>`_ (MPL), +specifically the variant which is Incompatible with Secondary Licenses. +However, again, if you only want to install and run Bugzilla, you don't need +to worry about that; it's only relevant if you redistribute the code or any +changes you make. + +Bugzilla's documentation is made available under the +`Creative Commons CC-BY-SA International License 4.0 +<https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/>`_, +or any later version. + +.. _credits: + +Credits +####### + +The people listed below have made significant contributions to the +creation of this documentation: + +Andrew Pearson, +Ben FrantzDale, +Byron Jones, +Dave Lawrence, +Dave Miller, +Dawn Endico, +Eric Hanson, +Gervase Markham, +Jacob Steenhagen, +Joe Robins, +Kevin Brannen, +Martin Wulffeld, +Matthew P. Barnson, +Ron Teitelbaum, +Shane Travis, +Spencer Smith, +Tara Hernandez, +Terry Weissman, +Vlad Dascalu, +Zach Lipton. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/categorization.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/categorization.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..383b9341d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/categorization.rst @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +.. _categorization: + +=============================================================== +Classifications, Products, Components, Versions, and Milestones +=============================================================== + +Bugs in Bugzilla are classified into one of a set of admin-defined Components. +Components are themselves each part of a single Product. Optionally, Products +can be part of a single Classification, adding a third level to the hierarchy. + +.. _classifications: + +Classifications +############### + +Classifications are used to group several related products into one +distinct entity. + +For example, if a company makes computer games, +they could have a classification of "Games", and a separate +product for each game. This company might also have a +``Common`` classification, containing products representing units of +technology used in multiple games, and perhaps an ``Other`` classification +containing a few special products that represent items that are not actually +shipping products (for example, "Website", or "Administration"). + +The classifications layer is disabled by default; it can be turned +on or off using the :param:`useclassification` parameter +in the *Bug Fields* section of :ref:`parameters`. + +Access to the administration of classifications is controlled using +the *editclassifications* system group, which defines +a privilege for creating, destroying, and editing classifications. + +When activated, classifications will introduce an additional +step when filling bugs (dedicated to classification selection), and they +will also appear in the advanced search form. + +.. _products: + +Products +######## + +Products usually represent real-world shipping products. +Many of Bugzilla's settings are configurable on a per-product basis. + +When creating or editing products the following options are +available: + +Product + The name of the product + +Description + A brief description of the product + +Open for bug entry + Deselect this box to prevent new bugs from being + entered against this product. + +Enable the UNCONFIRMED status in this product + Select this option if you want to use the UNCONFIRMED status + (see :ref:`workflow`) + +Default milestone + Select the default milestone for this product. + +Version + Specify the default version for this product. + +Create chart datasets for this product + Select to make chart datasets available for this product. + +It is compulsory to create at least one :ref:`component <components>` in a product, and +so you will be asked for the details of that too. + +When editing a product you can change all of the above, and there is also a +link to edit Group Access Controls; see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + +.. _create-product: + +Creating New Products +===================== + +To create a new product: + +#. Select ``Administration`` from the footer and then + choose ``Products`` from the main administration page. + +#. Select the ``Add`` link in the bottom right. + +#. Enter the details as outlined above. + +.. _edit-products: + +Editing Products +================ + +To edit an existing product, click the "Products" link from the +"Administration" page. If the :param:`useclassification` parameter is +turned on, a table of existing classifications is displayed, +including an "Unclassified" category. The table indicates how many products +are in each classification. Click on the classification name to see its +products. If the :param:`useclassification` parameter is not in use, the table +lists all products directly. The product table summarizes the information +defined when the product was created. Click on the product name to edit these +properties, and to access links to other product attributes such as the +product's components, versions, milestones, and group access controls. + +.. _comps-vers-miles-products: + +Adding or Editing Components, Versions and Target Milestones +============================================================ + +To add new or edit existing Components, Versions, or Target Milestones +to a Product, select the "Edit Components", "Edit Versions", or "Edit +Milestones" links from the "Edit Product" page. A table of existing +Components, Versions, or Milestones is displayed. Click on an item name +to edit the properties of that item. Below the table is a link to add +a new Component, Version, or Milestone. + +For more information on components, see :ref:`components`. + +For more information on versions, see :ref:`versions`. + +For more information on milestones, see :ref:`milestones`. + +.. _product-group-controls: + +Assigning Group Controls to Products +==================================== + +On the ``Edit Product`` page, there is a link called +``Edit Group Access Controls``. The settings on this page +control the relationship of the groups to the product being edited. + +Group Access Controls are an important aspect of using groups for +isolating products and restricting access to bugs filed against those +products. For more information on groups, including how to create, edit, +add users to, and alter permission of, see :ref:`groups`. + +After selecting the "Edit Group Access Controls" link from the "Edit +Product" page, a table containing all user-defined groups for this +Bugzilla installation is displayed. The system groups that are created +when Bugzilla is installed are not applicable to Group Access Controls. +Below is description of what each of these fields means. + +Groups may be applicable (i.e. bugs in this product can be associated +with this group), default (i.e. bugs in this product are in this group +by default), and mandatory (i.e. bugs in this product must be associated +with this group) for each product. Groups can also control access +to bugs for a given product, or be used to make bugs for a product +totally read-only unless the group restrictions are met. The best way to +understand these relationships is by example. See +:ref:`group-control-examples` for examples of +product and group relationships. + +.. note:: Products and Groups are not limited to a one-to-one relationship. + Multiple groups can be associated with the same product, and groups + can be associated with more than one product. + +If any group has *Entry* selected, then the +product will restrict bug entry to only those users +who are members of *all* the groups with +*Entry* selected. + +If any group has *Canedit* selected, +then the product will be read-only for any users +who are not members of *all* of the groups with +*Canedit* selected. *Only* users who +are members of all the *Canedit* groups +will be able to edit bugs for this product. This is an additional +restriction that enables finer-grained control over products rather +than just all-or-nothing access levels. + +The following settings let you +choose privileges on a *per-product basis*. +This is a convenient way to give privileges to +some users for some products only, without having +to give them global privileges which would affect +all products. + +Any group having *editcomponents* +selected allows users who are in this group to edit all +aspects of this product, including components, milestones, +and versions. + +Any group having *canconfirm* selected +allows users who are in this group to confirm bugs +in this product. + +Any group having *editbugs* selected allows +users who are in this group to edit all fields of +bugs in this product. + +The *MemberControl* and +*OtherControl* are used in tandem to determine which +bugs will be placed in this group. The only allowable combinations of +these two parameters are listed in a table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" +page. Consult this table for details on how these fields can be used. +Examples of different uses are described below. + +.. _group-control-examples: + +Common Applications of Group Controls +===================================== + +The use of groups is best explained by providing examples that illustrate +configurations for common use cases. The examples follow a common syntax: +*Group: Entry, MemberControl, OtherControl, CanEdit, +EditComponents, CanConfirm, EditBugs*, where "Group" is the name +of the group being edited for this product. The other fields all +correspond to the table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" page. If any +of these options are not listed, it means they are not checked. + +Basic Product/Group Restriction +------------------------------- + +Suppose there is a product called "Bar". You would like to make it so that only +users in the group "Foo" can enter bugs in the "Bar" product. Additionally, +bugs filed in product "Bar" must be visible only to users in "Foo" (plus, by +default, the reporter, assignee, and CC list of each bug) at all times. +Furthermore, only members of group "Foo" should be able to edit bugs filed +against product "Bar", even if other users could see the bug. This arrangement +would achieved by the following: + +:: + + Product Bar: + foo: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY, CANEDIT + +Perhaps such strict restrictions are not needed for product "Bar". Instead, +you would like to make it so that only members of group "Foo" can +enter bugs in product "Bar", but bugs in "Bar" are not required to be +restricted in visibility to people in "Foo". Anyone with permission +to edit a particular bug in product "Bar" can put the bug in group "Foo", even +if they themselves are not in "Foo". + +Furthermore, anyone in group "Foo" can edit all aspects of the components of +product "Bar", can confirm bugs in product "Bar", and can edit all fields of +any bug in product "Bar". That would be done like this: + +:: + + Product Bar: + foo: ENTRY, SHOWN/SHOWN, EDITCOMPONENTS, CANCONFIRM, EDITBUGS + +General User Access With Security Group +--------------------------------------- + +To permit any user to file bugs against "Product A", +and to permit any user to submit those bugs into a +group called "Security": + +:: + + Product A: + security: SHOWN/SHOWN + +General User Access With A Security Product +------------------------------------------- + +To permit any user to file bugs against product called "Security" +while keeping those bugs from becoming visible to anyone +outside the group "SecurityWorkers" (unless a member of the +"SecurityWorkers" group removes that restriction): + +:: + + Product Security: + securityworkers: DEFAULT/MANDATORY + +Product Isolation With a Common Group +------------------------------------- + +To permit users of "Product A" to access the bugs for +"Product A", users of "Product B" to access the bugs for +"Product B", and support staff, who are members of the "Support +Group" to access both, three groups are needed: + +#. Support Group: Contains members of the support staff. + +#. AccessA Group: Contains users of product A and the Support group. + +#. AccessB Group: Contains users of product B and the Support group. + +Once these three groups are defined, the product group controls +can be set to: + +:: + + Product A: + AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + Product B: + AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + +Perhaps the "Support Group" wants more control. For example, +the "Support Group" could be permitted to make bugs inaccessible to +users of both groups "AccessA" and "AccessB". +Then, the "Support Group" could be permitted to publish +bugs relevant to all users in a third product (let's call it +"Product Common") that is read-only +to anyone outside the "Support Group". In this way the "Support Group" +could control bugs that should be seen by both groups. +That configuration would be: + +:: + + Product A: + AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + Support: SHOWN/NA + Product B: + AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + Support: SHOWN/NA + Product Common: + Support: ENTRY, DEFAULT/MANDATORY, CANEDIT + +Make a Product Read Only +------------------------ + +Sometimes a product is retired and should no longer have +new bugs filed against it (for example, an older version of a software +product that is no longer supported). A product can be made read-only +by creating a group called "readonly" and adding products to the +group as needed: + +:: + + Product A: + ReadOnly: ENTRY, NA/NA, CANEDIT + +.. note:: For more information on Groups outside of how they relate to products + see :ref:`groups`. + +.. _components: + +Components +########## + +Components are subsections of a Product. E.g. the computer game +you are designing may have a "UI" +component, an "API" component, a "Sound System" component, and a +"Plugins" component, each overseen by a different programmer. It +often makes sense to divide Components in Bugzilla according to the +natural divisions of responsibility within your Product or +company. + +Each component has a default assignee and, if you turned it on in the :ref:`parameters`, +a QA Contact. The default assignee should be the primary person who fixes bugs in +that component. The QA Contact should be the person who will ensure +these bugs are completely fixed. The Assignee, QA Contact, and Reporter +will get email when new bugs are created in this Component and when +these bugs change. Default Assignee and Default QA Contact fields only +dictate the *default assignments*; +these can be changed on bug submission, or at any later point in +a bug's life. + +To create a new Component: + +#. Select the ``Edit components`` link + from the ``Edit product`` page. + +#. Select the ``Add`` link in the bottom right. + +#. Fill out the ``Component`` field, a + short ``Description``, the + ``Default Assignee``, ``Default CC List``, + and ``Default QA Contact`` (if enabled). + The ``Component Description`` field may contain a + limited subset of HTML tags. The ``Default Assignee`` + field must be a login name already existing in the Bugzilla database. + +.. _versions: + +Versions +######## + +Versions are the revisions of the product, such as "Flinders +3.1", "Flinders 95", and "Flinders 2000". Version is not a multi-select +field; the usual practice is to select the earliest version known to have +the bug. + +To create and edit Versions: + +#. From the "Edit product" screen, select "Edit Versions". + +#. You will notice that the product already has the default + version "undefined". Click the "Add" link in the bottom right. + +#. Enter the name of the Version. This field takes text only. + Then click the "Add" button. + +.. _milestones: + +Milestones +########## + +Milestones are "targets" that you plan to get a bug fixed by. For +example, if you have a bug that you plan to fix for your 3.0 release, it +would be assigned the milestone of 3.0. + +.. note:: Milestone options will only appear for a Product if you turned + on the :param:`usetargetmilestone` parameter in the "Bug Fields" tab of + the :ref:`parameters` page. + +To create new Milestones and set Default Milestones: + +#. Select "Edit milestones" from the "Edit product" page. + +#. Select "Add" in the bottom right corner. + +#. Enter the name of the Milestone in the "Milestone" field. You + can optionally set the "sortkey", which is a positive or negative + number (-32768 to 32767) that defines where in the list this particular + milestone appears. This is because milestones often do not + occur in alphanumeric order; for example, "Future" might be + after "Release 1.2". Select "Add". diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/custom-fields.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/custom-fields.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29cc72e62 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/custom-fields.rst @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +.. _custom-fields: + +Custom Fields +############# + +Custom Fields are fields defined by the administrator, in addition to those +which come with Bugzilla by default. Custom Fields are treated like any other +field—they can be set in bugs and used for search queries. + +Administrators should keep in mind that +adding too many fields can make the user interface more complicated and +harder to use. Custom Fields should be added only when necessary and with +careful consideration. + +.. note:: Before adding a Custom Field, make sure that Bugzilla cannot already + do the desired behavior. Many Bugzilla options are not enabled by + default, and many times Administrators find that simply enabling + certain options that already exist is sufficient. + +Administrators can manage Custom Fields using the +``Custom Fields`` link on the Administration page. The Custom +Fields administration page displays a list of Custom Fields, if any exist, +and a link to "Add a new custom field". + +.. _add-custom-fields: + +Adding Custom Fields +==================== + +To add a new Custom Field, click the "Add a new custom field" link. This +page displays several options for the new field, described below. + +The following attributes must be set for each new custom field: + +- *Name:* + The name of the field in the database, used internally. This name + MUST begin with ``cf_`` to prevent confusion with + standard fields. If this string is omitted, it will + be automatically added to the name entered. + +- *Description:* + A brief string used as the label for this Custom Field. + That is the string that users will see, and it should be + short and explicit. + +- *Type:* + The type of field to create. There are + several types available: + + Bug ID: + A field where you can enter the ID of another bug from + the same Bugzilla installation. To point to a bug in a remote + installation, use the See Also field instead. + Large Text Box: + A multiple line box for entering free text. + Free Text: + A single line box for entering free text. + Multiple-Selection Box: + A list box where multiple options + can be selected. After creating this field, it must be edited + to add the selection options. See + :ref:`edit-values-list` for information about + editing legal values. + Drop Down: + A list box where only one option can be selected. + After creating this field, it must be edited to add the + selection options. See + :ref:`edit-values-list` for information about + editing legal values. + Date/Time: + A date field. This field appears with a + calendar widget for choosing the date. + +- *Sortkey:* + Integer that determines in which order Custom Fields are + displayed in the User Interface, especially when viewing a bug. + Fields with lower values are displayed first. + +- *Reverse Relationship Description:* + When the custom field is of type ``Bug ID``, you can + enter text here which will be used as label in the referenced + bug to list bugs which point to it. This gives you the ability + to have a mutual relationship between two bugs. + +- *Can be set on bug creation:* + Boolean that determines whether this field can be set on + bug creation. If not selected, then a bug must be created + before this field can be set. See :ref:`filing` + for information about filing bugs. + +- *Displayed in bugmail for new bugs:* + Boolean that determines whether the value set on this field + should appear in bugmail when the bug is filed. This attribute + has no effect if the field cannot be set on bug creation. + +- *Is obsolete:* + Boolean that determines whether this field should + be displayed at all. Obsolete Custom Fields are hidden. + +- *Is mandatory:* + Boolean that determines whether this field must be set. + For single and multi-select fields, this means that a (non-default) + value must be selected; for text and date fields, some text + must be entered. + +- *Field only appears when:* + A custom field can be made visible when some criteria is met. + For instance, when the bug belongs to one or more products, + or when the bug is of some given severity. If left empty, then + the custom field will always be visible, in all bugs. + +- *Field that controls the values that appear in this field:* + When the custom field is of type ``Drop Down`` or + ``Multiple-Selection Box``, you can restrict the + availability of the values of the custom field based on the + value of another field. This criteria is independent of the + criteria used in the ``Field only appears when`` + setting. For instance, you may decide that some given value + ``valueY`` is only available when the bug status + is RESOLVED while the value ``valueX`` should + always be listed. + Once you have selected the field that should control the + availability of the values of this custom field, you can + edit values of this custom field to set the criteria; see + :ref:`edit-values-list`. + +.. _edit-custom-fields: + +Editing Custom Fields +===================== + +As soon as a Custom Field is created, its name and type cannot be +changed. If this field is a drop-down menu, its legal values can +be set as described in :ref:`edit-values-list`. All +other attributes can be edited as described above. + +.. _delete-custom-fields: + +Deleting Custom Fields +====================== + +Only custom fields that are marked as obsolete, and that have never +been used, can be deleted completely (else the integrity +of the bug history would be compromised). For custom fields marked +as obsolete, a "Delete" link will appear in the ``Action`` +column. If the custom field has been used in the past, the deletion +will be rejected. Marking the field as obsolete, however, is sufficient +to hide it from the user interface entirely. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/extensions.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/extensions.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c54b8463 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/extensions.rst @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +.. _installed-extensions-admin: + +Installed Extensions +==================== + +Bugzilla can be enhanced using extensions (see :ref:`extensions`). If an +extension comes with documentation in the appropriate format, and you build +your own copy of the Bugzilla documentation using :file:`makedocs.pl`, then +the documentation for your installed extensions will show up here. + +Your Bugzilla installation has the following extensions available (as of the +last time you compiled the documentation): + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + :glob: + + ../extensions/*/index-admin diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/field-values.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/field-values.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7380cbdf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/field-values.rst @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.. _field-values: + +Field Values +############ + +Legal values for the operating system, platform, bug priority and +severity, and custom fields of type ``Drop Down`` and +``Multiple-Selection Box`` (see :ref:`custom-fields`), +as well as the list of valid bug statuses and resolutions, can be +customized from the same interface. You can add, edit, disable, and +remove the values that can be used with these fields. + +.. _edit-values-list: + +Viewing/Editing Legal Values +============================ + +Editing legal values requires ``admin`` privileges. +Select "Field Values" from the Administration page. A list of all +fields, both system and Custom, for which legal values +can be edited appears. Click a field name to edit its legal values. + +There is no limit to how many values a field can have, but each value +must be unique to that field. The sortkey is important to display these +values in the desired order. + +When the availability of the values of a custom field is controlled +by another field, you can select from here which value of the other field +must be set for the value of the custom field to appear. + +.. _edit-values-delete: + +Deleting Legal Values +===================== + +Legal values from Custom Fields can be deleted, but only if the +following two conditions are respected: + +#. The value is not set as the default for the field. + +#. No bug is currently using this value. + +If any of these conditions is not respected, the value cannot be deleted. +The only way to delete these values is to reassign bugs to another value +and to set another value as default for the field. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/flags.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/flags.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b13690a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/flags.rst @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +.. _flags-admin: + +Flags +##### + +If you have the :group:`editcomponents` permission, you can +edit Flag Types from the main administration page. Clicking the +:guilabel:`Flags` link will bring you to the :guilabel:`Administer +Flag Types` page. Here, you can select whether you want +to create (or edit) a Bug flag or an Attachment flag. + +The two flag types have the same administration interface, and the interface +for creating a flag and editing a flag have the same set of fields. + +.. _flags-edit: + +Flag Properties +=============== + +Name + This is the name of the flag. This will be displayed + to Bugzilla users who are looking at or setting the flag. + The name may contain any valid Unicode characters except commas + and spaces. + +Description + The description describes the flag in more detail. It is visible + in a tooltip when hovering over a flag either in the :guilabel:`Show Bug` + or :guilabel:`Edit Attachment` pages. This field can be as + long as you like and can contain any character you want. + +Category + You can set a flag to be visible or not visible on any combination of + products and components. + + Default behaviour for a newly created flag is to appear on all + products and all components, which is why ``__Any__:__Any__`` + is already entered in the :guilabel:`Inclusions` box. + If this is not your desired behaviour, you must either set some + exclusions (for products on which you don't want the flag to appear), + or you must remove ``__Any__:__Any__`` from the :guilabel:`Inclusions` box + and define products/components specifically for this flag. + + To create an Inclusion, select a Product from the top drop-down box. + You may also select a specific component from the bottom drop-down box. + (Setting ``__Any__`` for Product translates to + "all the products in this Bugzilla". + Selecting ``__Any__`` in the Component field means + "all components in the selected product.") + Selections made, press :guilabel:`Include`, and your + Product/Component pairing will show up in the :guilabel:`Inclusions` box on the right. + + To create an Exclusion, the process is the same: select a Product from the + top drop-down box, select a specific component if you want one, and press + :guilabel:`Exclude`. The Product/Component pairing will show up in the + :guilabel:`Exclusions` box on the right. + + This flag *will* appear and *can* be set for any + products/components appearing in the :guilabel:`Inclusions` box + (or which fall under the appropriate ``__Any__``). + This flag *will not* appear (and therefore *cannot* be set) on + any products appearing in the :guilabel:`Exclusions` box. + *IMPORTANT: Exclusions override inclusions.* + + You may select a Product without selecting a specific Component, + but you cannot select a Component without a Product. If you do so, + Bugzilla will display an error message, even if all your products + have a component by that name. You will also see an error if you + select a Component that does not belong to the selected Product. + + *Example:* Let's say you have a product called + ``Jet Plane`` that has thousands of components. You want + to be able to ask if a problem should be fixed in the next model of + plane you release. We'll call the flag ``fixInNext``. + However, one component in ``Jet Plane`` is + called ``Pilot``, and it doesn't make sense to release a + new pilot, so you don't want to have the flag show up in that component. + So, you include ``Jet Plane:__Any__`` and you exclude + ``Jet Plane:Pilot``. + +Sort Key + Flags normally show up in alphabetical order. If you want them to + show up in a different order, you can use this key set the order on each flag. + Flags with a lower sort key will appear before flags with a higher + sort key. Flags that have the same sort key will be sorted alphabetically. + +Active + Sometimes you might want to keep old flag information in the + Bugzilla database but stop users from setting any new flags of this type. + To do this, uncheck :guilabel:`active`. Deactivated + flags will still show up in the UI if they are ``?``, ``+``, or ``-``, but + they may only be cleared (unset) and cannot be changed to a new value. + Once a deactivated flag is cleared, it will completely disappear from a + bug/attachment and cannot be set again. + +Requestable + New flags are, by default, "requestable", meaning that they + offer users the ``?`` option, as well as ``+`` + and ``-``. + To remove the ``?`` option, uncheck "requestable". + +Specifically Requestable + By default this box is checked for new flags, meaning that users may make + flag requests of specific individuals. Unchecking this box will remove the + text box next to a flag; if it is still requestable, then requests + cannot target specific users and are open to anyone (called a + request "to the wind" in Bugzilla). Removing this after specific + requests have been made will not remove those requests; that data will + stay in the database (though it will no longer appear to the user). + +Multiplicable + Any flag with :guilabel:`Multiplicable:guilabel:` set (default for new flags + is 'on') may be set more than once. After being set once, an unset flag + of the same type will appear below it with "addl." (short for + "additional") before the name. There is no limit to the number of + times a Multiplicable flags may be set on the same bug/attachment. + +CC List + If you want certain users to be notified every time this flag is + set to ``?``, ``-``, or ``+``, or is unset, add them here. This is a comma-separated + list of email addresses that need not be restricted to Bugzilla usernames. + +Grant Group + When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group + can set the flag to ``+`` and ``-``. This + field does not affect who can request or cancel the flag. For that, + see the :guilabel:`Request Group` field below. If this field + is left blank, all users can set or delete this flag. This field is + useful for restricting which users can approve or reject requests. + +Request Group + When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group + can request or cancel this flag. Note that this field has no effect + if the :guilabel:`Grant Group` field is empty. You can set the + value of this field to a different group, but both fields have to be + set to a group for this field to have an effect. + +.. _flags-delete: + +Deleting a Flag +=============== + +When you are at the :guilabel:`Administer Flag Types` screen, +you will be presented with a list of Bug flags and a list of Attachment +Flags. + +To delete a flag, click on the :guilabel:`Delete` link next to +the flag description. + +.. warning:: Once you delete a flag, it is *gone* from + your Bugzilla. All the data for that flag will be deleted. + Everywhere that flag was set, it will disappear, + and you cannot get that data back. If you want to keep flag data, + but don't want anybody to set any new flags or change current flags, + unset :guilabel:`active` in the flag Edit form. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/groups.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/groups.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a14bb689e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/groups.rst @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +.. _groups: + +Groups and Security +################### + +Groups allow for separating bugs into logical divisions. +Groups are typically used +to isolate bugs that should only be seen by certain people. For +example, a company might create a different group for each one of its customers +or partners. Group permissions could be set so that each partner or customer would +only have access to their own bugs. Or, groups might be used to create +variable access controls for different departments within an organization. +Another common use of groups is to associate groups with products, +creating isolation and access control on a per-product basis. + +Groups and group behaviors are controlled in several places: + +#. The group configuration page. To view or edit existing groups, or to + create new groups, access the "Groups" link from the "Administration" + page. This section of the manual deals primarily with the aspect of + group controls accessed on this page. + +#. Global configuration parameters. Bugzilla has several parameters + that control the overall default group behavior and restriction + levels. For more information on the parameters that control + group behavior globally, see :ref:`param-group-security`. + +#. Product association with groups. Most of the functionality of groups + and group security is controlled at the product level. Some aspects + of group access controls for products are discussed in this section, + but for more detail see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + +#. Group access for users. See :ref:`users-and-groups` for + details on how users are assigned group access. + +Group permissions are such that if a bug belongs to a group, only members +of that group can see the bug. If a bug is in more than one group, only +members of *all* the groups that the bug is in can see +the bug. For information on granting read-only access to certain people and +full edit access to others, see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + +.. note:: By default, bugs can also be seen by the Assignee, the Reporter, and + everyone on the CC List, regardless of whether or not the bug would + typically be viewable by them. Visibility to the Reporter and CC List can + be overridden (on a per-bug basis) by bringing up the bug, finding the + section that starts with ``Users in the roles selected below...`` + and un-checking the box next to either 'Reporter' or 'CC List' (or both). + +.. _create-groups: + +Creating Groups +=============== + +To create a new group, follow the steps below: + +#. Select the ``Administration`` link in the page footer, + and then select the ``Groups`` link from the + Administration page. + +#. A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Below the table is a + description of all the fields. To create a new group, select the + ``Add Group`` link under the table of existing groups. + +#. There are five fields to fill out. These fields are documented below + the form. Choose a name and description for the group. Decide whether + this group should be used for bugs (in all likelihood this should be + selected). Optionally, choose a regular expression that will + automatically add any matching users to the group, and choose an + icon that will help identify user comments for the group. The regular + expression can be useful, for example, to automatically put all users + from the same company into one group (if the group is for a specific + customer or partner). + + .. note:: If ``User RegExp`` is filled out, users whose email + addresses match the regular expression will automatically be + members of the group as long as their email addresses continue + to match the regular expression. If their email address changes + and no longer matches the regular expression, they will be removed + from the group. Versions 2.16 and older of Bugzilla did not automatically + remove users whose email addresses no longer matched the RegExp. + + .. warning:: If specifying a domain in the regular expression, end + the regexp with a "$". Otherwise, when granting access to + "@mycompany\\.com", access will also be granted to + 'badperson@mycompany.com.cracker.net'. Use the syntax, + '@mycompany\\.com$' for the regular expression. + +#. After the new group is created, it can be edited for additional options. + The "Edit Group" page allows for specifying other groups that should be included + in this group and which groups should be permitted to add and delete + users from this group. For more details, see :ref:`edit-groups`. + +.. _edit-groups: + +Editing Groups and Assigning Group Permissions +============================================== + +To access the "Edit Groups" page, select the +``Administration`` link in the page footer, +and then select the ``Groups`` link from the Administration page. +A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Click on a group name +you wish to edit or control permissions for. + +The "Edit Groups" page contains the same five fields present when +creating a new group. Below that are two additional sections, "Group +Permissions" and "Mass Remove". The "Mass Remove" option simply removes +all users from the group who match the regular expression entered. The +"Group Permissions" section requires further explanation. + +The "Group Permissions" section on the "Edit Groups" page contains four sets +of permissions that control the relationship of this group to other +groups. If the :param:`usevisibilitygroups` parameter is in use (see +:ref:`parameters`) two additional sets of permissions are displayed. +Each set consists of two select boxes. On the left, a select box +with a list of all existing groups. On the right, a select box listing +all groups currently selected for this permission setting (this box will +be empty for new groups). The way these controls allow groups to relate +to one another is called *inheritance*. +Each of the six permissions is described below. + +*Groups That Are a Member of This Group* + Members of any groups selected here will automatically have + membership in this group. In other words, members of any selected + group will inherit membership in this group. + +*Groups That This Group Is a Member Of* + Members of this group will inherit membership to any group + selected here. For example, suppose the group being edited is + an Admin group. If there are two products (Product1 and Product2) + and each product has its + own group (Group1 and Group2), and the Admin group + should have access to both products, + simply select both Group1 and Group2 here. + +*Groups That Can Grant Membership in This Group* + The members of any group selected here will be able add users + to this group, even if they themselves are not in this group. + +*Groups That This Group Can Grant Membership In* + Members of this group can add users to any group selected here, + even if they themselves are not in the selected groups. + +*Groups That Can See This Group* + Members of any selected group can see the users in this group. + This setting is only visible if the :param:`usevisibilitygroups` parameter + is enabled on the Bugzilla Configuration page. See + :ref:`parameters` for information on configuring Bugzilla. + +*Groups That This Group Can See* + Members of this group can see members in any of the selected groups. + This setting is only visible if the :param:`usevisibilitygroups` parameter + is enabled on the the Bugzilla Configuration page. See + :ref:`parameters` for information on configuring Bugzilla. + +.. _users-and-groups: + +Assigning Users to Groups +========================= + +A User can become a member of a group in several ways: + +#. The user can be explicitly placed in the group by editing + the user's profile. This can be done by accessing the "Users" page + from the "Administration" page. Use the search form to find the user + you want to edit group membership for, and click on their email + address in the search results to edit their profile. The profile + page lists all the groups and indicates if the user is a member of + the group either directly or indirectly. More information on indirect + group membership is below. For more details on User Administration, + see :ref:`users`. + +#. The group can include another group of which the user is + a member. This is indicated by square brackets around the checkbox + next to the group name in the user's profile. + See :ref:`edit-groups` for details on group inheritance. + +#. The user's email address can match the regular expression + that has been specified to automatically grant membership to + the group. This is indicated by "\*" around the check box by the + group name in the user's profile. + See :ref:`create-groups` for details on + the regular expression option when creating groups. + +Assigning Group Controls to Products +==================================== + +The primary functionality of groups is derived from the relationship of +groups to products. The concepts around segregating access to bugs with +product group controls can be confusing. For details and examples on this +topic, see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c47819323 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +.. _administering: + +==================== +Administration Guide +==================== + +For those with :group:`admin` privileges, Bugzilla can be administered using +the :guilabel:`Administration` link in the header. The administrative +controls are divided into several sections: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + parameters + preferences + users + categorization + flags + custom-fields + field-values + workflow + groups + keywords + whining + quips + extensions diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/keywords.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/keywords.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..245bcbe4c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/keywords.rst @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +.. _keywords: + +Keywords +######## + +The administrator can define keywords which can be used to tag and +categorise bugs. For example, the keyword "regression" is commonly used. +A company might have a policy stating all regressions +must be fixed by the next release—this keyword can make tracking those +bugs much easier. Keywords are global, rather than per product. + +Keywords can be created, edited, or deleted by clicking the "Keywords" +link in the admin page. There are two fields for each keyword—the keyword +itself and a brief description. Currently keywords cannot be marked obsolete +to prevent future usage. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/parameters.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/parameters.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f376bbf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/parameters.rst @@ -0,0 +1,794 @@ +.. _parameters: + +Parameters +########## + +Bugzilla is configured by changing various parameters, accessed +from the :guilabel:`Parameters` link, which is found on the Administration +page. The parameters are divided into several categories, +accessed via the menu on the left. + +.. _param-required-settings: + +Required Settings +================= + +The core required parameters for any Bugzilla installation are set +here. :param:`urlbase` is always required; the other parameters should be +set, or it must be explicitly decided not to +set them, before the new Bugzilla installation starts to be used. + +urlbase + Defines the fully qualified domain name and web + server path to this Bugzilla installation. + For example, if the Bugzilla query page is + :file:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/query.cgi`, + the :param:`urlbase` should be set + to :paramval:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/`. + +ssl_redirect + If enabled, Bugzilla will force HTTPS (SSL) connections, by + automatically redirecting any users who try to use a non-SSL + connection. Also, when this is enabled, Bugzilla will send out links + using :param:`sslbase` in emails instead of :param:`urlbase`. + +sslbase + Defines the fully qualified domain name and web + server path for HTTPS (SSL) connections to this Bugzilla installation. + For example, if the Bugzilla main page is + :file:`https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/index.cgi`, + the :param:`sslbase` should be set + to :paramval:`https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/`. + +cookiepath + Defines a path, relative to the web document root, that Bugzilla + cookies will be restricted to. For example, if the + :param:`urlbase` is set to + :file:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/`, the + :param:`cookiepath` should be set to + :paramval:`/bugzilla/`. Setting it to :paramval:`/` will allow all sites + served by this web server or virtual host to read Bugzilla cookies. + +.. _param-general: + +General +======= + +maintainer + Email address of the person + responsible for maintaining this Bugzilla installation. + The address need not be that of a valid Bugzilla account. + +utf8 + Use UTF-8 (Unicode) encoding for all text in Bugzilla. Installations where + this parameter is set to :paramval:`off` should set it to :paramval:`on` only + after the data has been converted from existing legacy character + encodings to UTF-8, using the + :file:`contrib/recode.pl` script. + + .. note:: If you turn this parameter from :paramval:`off` to :paramval:`on`, + you must re-run :file:`checksetup.pl` immediately afterward. + +shutdownhtml + If there is any text in this field, this Bugzilla installation will + be completely disabled and this text will appear instead of all + Bugzilla pages for all users, including Admins. Used in the event + of site maintenance or outage situations. + +announcehtml + Any text in this field will be displayed at the top of every HTML + page in this Bugzilla installation. The text is not wrapped in any + tags. For best results, wrap the text in a ``<div>`` + tag. Any style attributes from the CSS can be applied. For example, + to make the text green inside of a red box, add ``id=message`` + to the ``<div>`` tag. + +upgrade_notification + Enable or disable a notification on the homepage of this Bugzilla + installation when a newer version of Bugzilla is available. This + notification is only visible to administrators. Choose :paramval:`disabled` + to turn off the notification. Otherwise, choose which version of + Bugzilla you want to be notified about: :paramval:`development_snapshot` is the + latest release from the master branch, :paramval:`latest_stable_release` is the most + recent release available on the most recent stable branch, and + :paramval:`stable_branch_release` is the most recent release on the branch + this installation is based on. + +.. _param-administrative-policies: + +Administrative Policies +======================= + +This page contains parameters for basic administrative functions. +Options include whether to allow the deletion of bugs and users, +and whether to allow users to change their email address. + +allowbugdeletion + The pages to edit products and components can delete all associated bugs when you delete a product (or component). Since that is a pretty scary idea, you have to turn on this option before any such deletions will ever happen. + +allowemailchange + Users can change their own email address through the preferences. Note that the change is validated by emailing both addresses, so switching this option on will not let users use an invalid address. + +allowuserdeletion + The user editing pages are capable of letting you delete user accounts. Bugzilla will issue a warning in case you'd run into inconsistencies when you're about to do so, but such deletions still remain scary. So, you have to turn on this option before any such deletions will ever happen. + +last_visit_keep_days + This option controls how many days Bugzilla will remember that users have visited specific bugs. + +.. _param-user-authentication: + +User Authentication +=================== + +This page contains the settings that control how this Bugzilla +installation will do its authentication. Choose what authentication +mechanism to use (the Bugzilla database, or an external source such +as LDAP), and set basic behavioral parameters. For example, choose +whether to require users to login to browse bugs, the management +of authentication cookies, and the regular expression used to +validate email addresses. Some parameters are highlighted below. + +auth_env_id + Environment variable used by external authentication system to store a unique identifier for each user. Leave it blank if there isn't one or if this method of authentication is not being used. + +auth_env_email + Environment variable used by external authentication system to store each user's email address. This is a required field for environmental authentication. Leave it blank if you are not going to use this feature. + +auth_env_realname + Environment variable used by external authentication system to store the user's real name. Leave it blank if there isn't one or if this method of authentication is not being used. + +user_info_class + Mechanism(s) to be used for gathering a user's login information. More than one may be selected. If the first one returns nothing, the second is tried, and so on. The types are: + + * :paramval:`CGI`: asks for username and password via CGI form interface. + * :paramval:`Env`: info for a pre-authenticated user is passed in system environment variables. + +user_verify_class + Mechanism(s) to be used for verifying (authenticating) information gathered by user_info_class. More than one may be selected. If the first one cannot find the user, the second is tried, and so on. The types are: + + * :paramval:`DB`: Bugzilla's built-in authentication. This is the most common choice. + * :paramval:`RADIUS`: RADIUS authentication using a RADIUS server. Using this method requires additional parameters to be set. Please see :ref:`param-radius` for more information. + * :paramval:`LDAP`: LDAP authentication using an LDAP server. Using this method requires additional parameters to be set. Please see :ref:`param-ldap` for more information. + +rememberlogin + Controls management of session cookies. + + * :paramval:`on` - Session cookies never expire (the user has to login only once per browser). + * :paramval:`off` - Session cookies last until the users session ends (the user will have to login in each new browser session). + * :paramval:`defaulton`/:paramval:`defaultoff` - Default behavior as described above, but user can choose whether Bugzilla will remember their login or not. + +requirelogin + If this option is set, all access to the system beyond the front page will require a login. No anonymous users will be permitted. + +webservice_email_filter + Filter email addresses returned by the WebService API depending on if the user is logged in or not. This works similarly to how the web UI currently filters email addresses. If requirelogin is enabled, then this parameter has no effect as users must be logged in to use Bugzilla anyway. + +emailregexp + Defines the regular expression used to validate email addresses + used for login names. The default attempts to match fully + qualified email addresses (i.e. 'user\@example.com') in a slightly + more restrictive way than what is allowed in RFC 2822. + Another popular value to put here is :paramval:`^[^@]+`, which means 'local usernames, no @ allowed.' + +emailregexpdesc + This description is shown to the user to explain which email addresses are allowed by the :param:`emailregexp` param. + +emailsuffix + This is a string to append to any email addresses when actually sending mail to that address. It is useful if you have changed the :param:`emailregexp` param to only allow local usernames, but you want the mail to be delivered to username\@my.local.hostname. + +createemailregexp + This defines the (case-insensitive) regexp to use for email addresses that are permitted to self-register. The default (:paramval:`.*`) permits any account matching the emailregexp to be created. If this parameter is left blank, no users will be permitted to create their own accounts and all accounts will have to be created by an administrator. + +password_complexity + Set the complexity required for passwords. In all cases must the passwords be at least 6 characters long. + + * :paramval:`no_constraints` - No complexity required. + * :paramval:`mixed_letters` - Passwords must contain at least one UPPER and one lower case letter. + * :paramval:`letters_numbers` - Passwords must contain at least one UPPER and one lower case letter and a number. + * :paramval:`letters_numbers_specialchars` - Passwords must contain at least one letter, a number and a special character. + +password_check_on_login + If set, Bugzilla will check that the password meets the current complexity rules and minimum length requirements when the user logs into the Bugzilla web interface. If it doesn't, the user would not be able to log in, and will receive a message to reset their password. + +.. _param-attachments: + +Attachments +=========== + +This page allows for setting restrictions and other parameters +regarding attachments to bugs. For example, control size limitations +and whether to allow pointing to external files via a URI. + +allow_attachment_display + If this option is on, users will be able to view attachments from their browser, if their browser supports the attachment's MIME type. If this option is off, users are forced to download attachments, even if the browser is able to display them. + + If you do not trust your users (e.g. if your Bugzilla is public), you should either leave this option off, or configure and set the :param:`attachment_base` parameter (see below). Untrusted users may upload attachments that could be potentially damaging if viewed directly in the browser. + +attachment_base + When the :param:`allow_attachment_display` parameter is on, it is possible for a malicious attachment to steal your cookies or perform an attack on Bugzilla using your credentials. + + If you would like additional security on attachments to avoid this, set this parameter to an alternate URL for your Bugzilla that is not the same as :param:`urlbase` or :param:`sslbase`. That is, a different domain name that resolves to this exact same Bugzilla installation. + + Note that if you have set the :param:`cookiedomain` parameter, you should set :param:`attachment_base` to use a domain that would not be matched by :param:`cookiedomain`. + + For added security, you can insert ``%bugid%`` into the URL, which will be replaced with the ID of the current bug that the attachment is on, when you access an attachment. This will limit attachments to accessing only other attachments on the same bug. Remember, though, that all those possible domain names (such as 1234.your.domain.com) must point to this same Bugzilla instance. To set this up you need to investigate wildcard DNS. + +allow_attachment_deletion + If this option is on, administrators will be able to delete the contents + of attachments (i.e. replace the attached file with a 0 byte file), + leaving only the metadata. + +maxattachmentsize + The maximum size (in kilobytes) of attachments to be stored in the database. If a file larger than this size is attached to a bug, Bugzilla will look at the :param:`maxlocalattachment` parameter to determine if the file can be stored locally on the web server. If the file size exceeds both limits, then the attachment is rejected. Setting both parameters to 0 will prevent attaching files to bugs. + + Some databases have default limits which prevent storing larger attachments in the database. E.g. MySQL has a parameter called `max_allowed_packet <http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.1/en/packet-too-large.html>`_, whose default varies by distribution. Setting :param:`maxattachmentsize` higher than your current setting for this value will produce an error. + +maxlocalattachment + The maximum size (in megabytes) of attachments to be stored locally on the web server. If set to a value lower than the :param:`maxattachmentsize` parameter, attachments will never be kept on the local filesystem. + + Whether you use this feature or not depends on your environment. Reasons to store some or all attachments as files might include poor database performance for large binary blobs, ease of backup/restore/browsing, or even filesystem-level deduplication support. However, you need to be aware of any limits on how much data your webserver environment can store. If in doubt, leave the value at 0. + + Note that changing this value does not affect any already-submitted attachments. + +.. _param-bug-change-policies: + +Bug Change Policies +=================== + +Set policy on default behavior for bug change events. For example, +choose which status to set a bug to when it is marked as a duplicate, +and choose whether to allow bug reporters to set the priority or +target milestone. Also allows for configuration of what changes +should require the user to make a comment, described below. + +duplicate_or_move_bug_status + When a bug is marked as a duplicate of another one, use this bug status. + +letsubmitterchoosepriority + If this is on, then people submitting bugs can choose an initial priority for that bug. If off, then all bugs initially have the default priority selected here. + +letsubmitterchoosemilestone + If this is on, then people submitting bugs can choose the Target Milestone for that bug. If off, then all bugs initially have the default milestone for the product being filed in. + +musthavemilestoneonaccept + If you are using Target Milestone, do you want to require that the milestone be set in order for a user to set a bug's status to IN_PROGRESS? + +commenton* + All these fields allow you to dictate what changes can pass + without comment and which must have a comment from the + person who changed them. Often, administrators will allow + users to add themselves to the CC list, accept bugs, or + change the Status Whiteboard without adding a comment as to + their reasons for the change, yet require that most other + changes come with an explanation. + Set the "commenton" options according to your site policy. It + is a wise idea to require comments when users resolve, reassign, or + reopen bugs at the very least. + + .. note:: It is generally far better to require a developer comment + when resolving bugs than not. Few things are more annoying to bug + database users than having a developer mark a bug "fixed" without + any comment as to what the fix was (or even that it was truly + fixed!) + +noresolveonopenblockers + This option will prevent users from resolving bugs as FIXED if + they have unresolved dependencies. Only the FIXED resolution + is affected. Users will be still able to resolve bugs to + resolutions other than FIXED if they have unresolved dependent + bugs. + +.. _param-bugfields: + +Bug Fields +========== + +The parameters in this section determine the default settings of +several Bugzilla fields for new bugs and whether +certain fields are used. For example, choose whether to use the +:field:`Target Milestone` field or the :field:`Status Whiteboard` field. + +useclassification + If this is on, Bugzilla will associate each product with a specific + classification. But you must have :group:`editclassification` permissions + enabled in order to edit classifications. + +usetargetmilestone + Do you wish to use the :field:`Target Milestone` field? + +useqacontact + This allows you to define an email address for each component, + in addition to that of the default assignee, that will be sent + carbon copies of incoming bugs. + +usestatuswhiteboard + This defines whether you wish to have a free-form, overwritable field + associated with each bug. The advantage of the :field:`Status Whiteboard` + is that it can be deleted or modified with ease and provides an + easily searchable field for indexing bugs that have some trait in + common. + +use_see_also + Do you wish to use the :field:`See Also` field? It allows you mark bugs + in other bug tracker installations as being related. Disabling this field + prevents addition of new relationships, but existing ones will continue to + appear. + +defaultpriority + This is the priority that newly entered bugs are set to. + +defaultseverity + This is the severity that newly entered bugs are set to. + +defaultplatform + This is the platform that is preselected on the bug entry form. + You can leave this empty; Bugzilla will then use the platform that the + browser is running on as the default. + +defaultopsys + This is the operating system that is preselected on the bug entry form. + You can leave this empty; Bugzilla will then use the operating system + that the browser reports to be running on as the default. + +collapsed_comment_tags + A comma-separated list of tags which, when applied to comments, will + cause them to be collapsed by default. + +.. _param-dependency-graphs: + +Graphs +====== + +Bugzilla can draw graphs of bug-dependency relationships, using a tool called +:file:`dot` (from the `GraphViz project <http://graphviz.org/>`_) or a web +service called Web Dot. This page allows you to set the location of the binary +or service. If no Web Dot server or binary is specified, then dependency +graphs will be disabled. + +webdotbase + You may set this parameter to any of the following: + + * A complete file path to :command:`dot` (part of GraphViz), which will + generate the graphs locally. + * A URL prefix pointing to an installation of the Web Dot package, which + will generate the graphs remotely. + * A blank value, which will disable dependency graphing. + + The default value is blank. We recommend using a local install of + :file:`dot`. If you change this value to a web service, make certain that + the Web Dot server can read files from your Web Dot directory. On Apache + you do this by editing the :file:`.htaccess` file; for other systems the + needed measures may vary. You can run :command:`checksetup.pl` to + recreate the :file:`.htaccess` file if it has been lost. + +font_file + You can specify the full path to a TrueType font file which will be used + to display text (labels, legends, ...) in charts and graphical reports. + To support as many languages as possible, we recommend to specify a + TrueType font such as Unifont which supports all printable characters in + the Basic Multilingual Plane. If you leave this parameter empty, a default + font will be used, but its support is limited to English characters only + and so other characters will be displayed incorrectly. + +.. _param-group-security: + +Group Security +============== + +Bugzilla allows for the creation of different groups, with the +ability to restrict the visibility of bugs in a group to a set of +specific users. Specific products can also be associated with +groups, and users restricted to only see products in their groups. +Several parameters are described in more detail below. Most of the +configuration of groups and their relationship to products is done +on the :guilabel:`Groups` and :guilabel:`Product` pages of the +:guilabel:`Administration` area. +The options on this page control global default behavior. +For more information on Groups and Group Security, see +:ref:`groups`. + +makeproductgroups + Determines whether or not to automatically create groups + when new products are created. If this is on, the groups will be + used for querying bugs. + + .. todo:: This is spectacularly unclear. I have no idea what makeproductgroups + does - can someone explain it to me? Convert this item into a bug on checkin. + +chartgroup + The name of the group of users who can use the 'New Charts' feature. Administrators should ensure that the public categories and series definitions do not divulge confidential information before enabling this for an untrusted population. If left blank, no users will be able to use New Charts. + +insidergroup + The name of the group of users who can see/change private comments and attachments. + +timetrackinggroup + The name of the group of users who can see/change time tracking information. + +querysharegroup + The name of the group of users who are allowed to share saved + searches with one another. For more information on using + saved searches, see :ref:`saved-searches`. + +comment_taggers_group + The name of the group of users who can tag comments. Setting this to empty disables comment tagging. + +debug_group + The name of the group of users who can view the actual SQL query generated when viewing bug lists and reports. Do not expose this information to untrusted users. + +usevisibilitygroups + If selected, user visibility will be restricted to members of + groups, as selected in the group configuration settings. + Each user-defined group can be allowed to see members of selected + other groups. + For details on configuring groups (including the visibility + restrictions) see :ref:`edit-groups`. + +or_groups + Define the visibility of a bug which is in multiple groups. If + this is on (recommended), a user only needs to be a member of one + of the bug's groups in order to view it. If it is off, a user + needs to be a member of all the bug's groups. Note that in either + case, a user's role on the bug (e.g. reporter), if any, may also + affect their permissions. + +.. _param-ldap: + +LDAP +==== + +LDAP authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin +authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters +necessary to configure Bugzilla for use with LDAP authentication. + +The existing authentication +scheme for Bugzilla uses email addresses as the primary user ID and a +password to authenticate that user. All places within Bugzilla that +require a user ID (e.g assigning a bug) use the email +address. The LDAP authentication builds on top of this scheme, rather +than replacing it. The initial log-in is done with a username and +password for the LDAP directory. Bugzilla tries to bind to LDAP using +those credentials and, if successful, tries to map this account to a +Bugzilla account. If an LDAP mail attribute is defined, the value of this +attribute is used; otherwise, the :param:`emailsuffix` parameter is appended to +the LDAP username to form a full email address. If an account for this address +already exists in the Bugzilla installation, it will log in to that account. +If no account for that email address exists, one is created at the time +of login. (In this case, Bugzilla will attempt to use the "displayName" +or "cn" attribute to determine the user's full name.) After +authentication, all other user-related tasks are still handled by email +address, not LDAP username. For example, bugs are still assigned by +email address and users are still queried by email address. + +.. warning:: Because the Bugzilla account is not created until the first time + a user logs in, a user who has not yet logged is unknown to Bugzilla. + This means they cannot be used as an assignee or QA contact (default or + otherwise), added to any CC list, or any other such operation. One + possible workaround is the :file:`bugzilla_ldapsync.rb` + script in the :file:`contrib` + directory. Another possible solution is fixing :bug:`201069`. + +Parameters required to use LDAP Authentication: + +user_verify_class (in the Authentication section) + If you want to list :paramval:`LDAP` here, + make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. + Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as + well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once + you log out. + If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit + :file:`data/params.json` and set :param:`user_verify_class` to + :paramval:`DB`. + +LDAPserver + This parameter should be set to the name (and optionally the + port) of your LDAP server. If no port is specified, it assumes + the default LDAP port of 389. + For example: :paramval:`ldap.company.com` + or :paramval:`ldap.company.com:3268` + You can also specify a LDAP URI, so as to use other + protocols, such as LDAPS or LDAPI. If the port was not specified in + the URI, the default is either 389 or 636 for 'LDAP' and 'LDAPS' + schemes respectively. + + .. note:: In order to use SSL with LDAP, specify a URI with "ldaps://". + This will force the use of SSL over port 636. + For example, normal LDAP :paramval:`ldap://ldap.company.com`, LDAP over + SSL :paramval:`ldaps://ldap.company.com`, or LDAP over a UNIX + domain socket :paramval:`ldapi://%2fvar%2flib%2fldap_sock`. + +LDAPstarttls + Whether to require encrypted communication once a normal LDAP connection + is achieved with the server. + +LDAPbinddn [Optional] + Some LDAP servers will not allow an anonymous bind to search + the directory. If this is the case with your configuration you + should set the :param:`LDAPbinddn` parameter to the user account Bugzilla + should use instead of the anonymous bind. + Ex. :paramval:`cn=default,cn=user:password` + +LDAPBaseDN + The location in + your LDAP tree that you would like to search for email addresses. + Your uids should be unique under the DN specified here. + Ex. :paramval:`ou=People,o=Company` + +LDAPuidattribute + The attribute + which contains the unique UID of your users. The value retrieved + from this attribute will be used when attempting to bind as the + user to confirm their password. + Ex. :paramval:`uid` + +LDAPmailattribute + The name of the + attribute which contains the email address your users will enter + into the Bugzilla login boxes. + Ex. :paramval:`mail` + +LDAPfilter + LDAP filter to AND with the LDAPuidattribute for filtering the list of + valid users. + +.. _param-radius: + +RADIUS +====== + +RADIUS authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin +authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters +necessary for configuring Bugzilla to use RADIUS authentication. + +.. note:: Most caveats that apply to LDAP authentication apply to RADIUS + authentication as well. See :ref:`param-ldap` for details. + +Parameters required to use RADIUS Authentication: + +user_verify_class (in the Authentication section) + If you want to list :paramval:`RADIUS` here, + make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. + Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as + well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once + you log out. + If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit + :file:`data/params.json` and set :param:`user_verify_class` to + :paramval:`DB`. + +RADIUS_server + The name (and optionally the port) of your RADIUS server. + +RADIUS_secret + The RADIUS server's secret. + +RADIUS_NAS_IP + The NAS-IP-Address attribute to be used when exchanging data with your + RADIUS server. If unspecified, 127.0.0.1 will be used. + +RADIUS_email_suffix + Bugzilla needs an email address for each user account. + Therefore, it needs to determine the email address corresponding + to a RADIUS user. + Bugzilla offers only a simple way to do this: it can concatenate + a suffix to the RADIUS user name to convert it into an email + address. + You can specify this suffix in the :param:`RADIUS_email_suffix` parameter. + If this simple solution does not work for you, you'll + probably need to modify + :file:`Bugzilla/Auth/Verify/RADIUS.pm` to match your + requirements. + +.. _param-email: + +Email +===== + +This page contains all of the parameters for configuring how +Bugzilla deals with the email notifications it sends. See below +for a summary of important options. + +mail_delivery_method + This is used to specify how email is sent, or if it is sent at + all. There are several options included for different MTAs, + along with two additional options that disable email sending. + :paramval:`Test` does not send mail, but instead saves it in + :file:`data/mailer.testfile` for later review. + :paramval:`None` disables email sending entirely. + +mailfrom + This is the email address that will appear in the "From" field + of all emails sent by this Bugzilla installation. Some email + servers require mail to be from a valid email address; therefore, + it is recommended to choose a valid email address here. + +use_mailer_queue + In a large Bugzilla installation, updating bugs can be very slow because Bugzilla sends all email at once. If you enable this parameter, Bugzilla will queue all mail and then send it in the background. This requires that you have installed certain Perl modules (as listed by :file:`checksetup.pl` for this feature), and that you are running the :file:`jobqueue.pl` daemon (otherwise your mail won't get sent). This affects all mail sent by Bugzilla, not just bug updates. + +smtpserver + The SMTP server address, if the :param:`mail_delivery_method` + parameter is set to :paramval:`SMTP`. Use :paramval:`localhost` if you have a local MTA + running; otherwise, use a remote SMTP server. Append ":" and the port + number if a non-default port is needed. + +smtp_username + Username to use for SASL authentication to the SMTP server. Leave + this parameter empty if your server does not require authentication. + +smtp_password + Password to use for SASL authentication to the SMTP server. This + parameter will be ignored if the :param:`smtp_username` + parameter is left empty. + +smtp_ssl + Enable SSL support for connection to the SMTP server. + +smtp_debug + This parameter allows you to enable detailed debugging output. + Log messages are printed the web server's error log. + +whinedays + Set this to the number of days you want to let bugs go + in the CONFIRMED state before notifying people they have + untouched new bugs. If you do not plan to use this feature, simply + do not set up the :ref:`whining cron job <installation-whining>` described + in the installation instructions, or set this value to "0" (never whine). + +globalwatchers + This allows you to define specific users who will + receive notification each time any new bug in entered, or when + any existing bug changes, subject to the normal groupset + permissions. It may be useful for sending notifications to a + mailing list, for instance. + +.. _param-querydefaults: + +Query Defaults +============== + +This page controls the default behavior of Bugzilla in regards to +several aspects of querying bugs. Options include what the default +query options are, what the "My Bugs" page returns, whether users +can freely add bugs to the quip list, and how many duplicate bugs are +needed to add a bug to the "most frequently reported" list. + +quip_list_entry_control + Controls how easily users can add entries to the quip list. + + * :paramval:`open` - Users may freely add to the quip list, and their entries will immediately be available for viewing. + * :paramval:`moderated` - Quips can be entered but need to be approved by a moderator before they will be shown. + * :paramval:`closed` - No new additions to the quips list are allowed. + +mybugstemplate + This is the URL to use to bring up a simple 'all of my bugs' list + for a user. %userid% will get replaced with the login name of a + user. Special characters must be URL encoded. + +defaultquery + This is the default query that initially comes up when you access + the advanced query page. It's in URL-parameter format. + +search_allow_no_criteria + When turned off, a query must have some criteria specified to limit the number of bugs returned to the user. When turned on, a user is allowed to run a query with no criteria and get all bugs in the entire installation that they can see. Turning this parameter on is not recommended on large installations. + +default_search_limit + By default, Bugzilla limits searches done in the web interface to returning only this many results, for performance reasons. (This only affects the HTML format of search results—CSV, XML, and other formats are exempted.) Users can click a link on the search result page to see all the results. + + Usually you should not have to change this—the default value should be acceptable for most installations. + +max_search_results + The maximum number of bugs that a search can ever return. Tabular and graphical reports are exempted from this limit, however. + + + +.. _param-shadowdatabase: + +Shadow Database +=============== + +This page controls whether a shadow database is used. If your Bugzilla is +not large, you will not need these options. + +A standard large database setup involves a single master server and a pool of +read-only slaves (which Bugzilla calls the "shadowdb"). Queries which are not +updating data can be directed to the slave pool, removing the load/locking +from the master, freeing it up to handle writes. Bugzilla will switch to the +shadowdb when it knows it doesn't need to update the database (e.g. when +searching, or displaying a bug to a not-logged-in user). + +Bugzilla does not make sure the shadowdb is kept up to date, so, if you use +one, you will need to set up replication in your database server. + +If your shadowdb is on a different machine, specify :param:`shadowdbhost` +and :param:`shadowdbport`. If it's on the same machine, specify +:param:`shadowdbsock`. + +shadowdbhost + The host the shadow database is on. + +shadowdbport + The port the shadow database is on. + +shadowdbsock + The socket used to connect to the shadow database, if the host is the + local machine. + +shadowdb + The database name of the shadow database. + +.. _admin-memcached: + +Memcached +========= + +memcached_servers + If this option is set, Bugzilla will integrate with `Memcached + <http://www.memcached.org/>`_. Specify one or more servers, separated by + spaces, using hostname:port notation (for example: + :paramval:`127.0.0.1:11211`). + +memcached_namespace + Specify a string to prefix each key on Memcached. + +.. _admin-usermatching: + +User Matching +============= + +The settings on this page control how users are selected and queried +when adding a user to a bug. For example, users need to be selected +when assigning the bug, adding to the CC list, or +selecting a QA contact. With the :param:`usemenuforusers` parameter, it is +possible to configure Bugzilla to +display a list of users in the fields instead of an empty text field. +If users are selected via a text box, this page also +contains parameters for how user names can be queried and matched +when entered. + +usemenuforusers + If this option is set, Bugzilla will offer you a list to select from (instead of a text entry field) where a user needs to be selected. This option should not be enabled on sites where there are a large number of users. + +ajax_user_autocompletion + If this option is set, typing characters in a certain user fields + will display a list of matches that can be selected from. It is + recommended to only turn this on if you are using mod_perl; + otherwise, the response will be irritatingly slow. + +maxusermatches + Provide no more than this many matches when a user is searched for. + If set to '1', no users will be displayed on ambiguous + matches. This is useful for user-privacy purposes. A value of zero + means no limit. + +confirmuniqueusermatch + Whether a confirmation screen should be displayed when only one user matches a search entry. + +.. _admin-advanced: + +Advanced +======== + +cookiedomain + Defines the domain for Bugzilla cookies. This is typically left blank. + If there are multiple hostnames that point to the same webserver, which + require the same cookie, then this parameter can be utilized. For + example, If your website is at + ``https://bugzilla.example.com/``, setting this to + :paramval:`.example.com/` will also allow + ``attachments.example.com/`` to access Bugzilla cookies. + +inbound_proxies + When inbound traffic to Bugzilla goes through a proxy, Bugzilla thinks that the IP address of the proxy is the IP address of every single user. If you enter a comma-separated list of IPs in this parameter, then Bugzilla will trust any ``X-Forwarded-For`` header sent from those IPs, and use the value of that header as the end user's IP address. + +proxy_url + If this Bugzilla installation is behind a proxy, enter the proxy + information here to enable Bugzilla to access the Internet. Bugzilla + requires Internet access to utilize the + :param:`upgrade_notification` parameter. If the + proxy requires authentication, use the syntax: + :paramval:`http://user:pass@proxy_url/`. + +strict_transport_security + Enables the sending of the Strict-Transport-Security header along with HTTP responses on SSL connections. This adds greater security to your SSL connections by forcing the browser to always access your domain over SSL and never accept an invalid certificate. However, it should only be used if you have the :param:`ssl_redirect` parameter turned on, Bugzilla is the only thing running on its domain (i.e., your :param:`urlbase` is something like :paramval:`http://bugzilla.example.com/`), and you never plan to stop supporting SSL. + + * :paramval:`off` - Don't send the Strict-Transport-Security header with requests. + * :paramval:`this_domain_only` - Send the Strict-Transport-Security header with all requests, but only support it for the current domain. + * :paramval:`include_subdomains` - Send the Strict-Transport-Security header along with the includeSubDomains flag, which will apply the security change to all subdomains. This is especially useful when combined with an :param:`attachment_base` that exists as (a) subdomain(s) under the main Bugzilla domain. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/preferences.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/preferences.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b89c7b13 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/preferences.rst @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +.. _default-preferences: + +Default Preferences +################### + +Each user of Bugzilla can set certain preferences about how they want +Bugzilla to behave. Here, you can say whether or not each of the possible +preferences is available to the user and, if it is, what the default value +is. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/quips.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/quips.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..789304a33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/quips.rst @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +.. _quips: + +Quips +##### + +Quips are small user-defined messages (often quotes or witty sayings) that +can be configured to appear at the top of search results. Each Bugzilla +installation has its own specific quips. Whenever a quip needs to be +displayed, a random selection is made from the pool of already existing quips. + +Quip submission is controlled by :param:`quip_list_entry_control` +parameter. It has several possible values: open, moderated, or closed. +In order to enable quips approval you need to set this parameter to +"moderated". In this way, users are free to submit quips for addition, +but an administrator must explicitly approve them before they are +actually used. + +In order to see the user interface for the quips, you can +click on a quip when it is displayed together with the search +results. You can also go directly to the quips.cgi URL +(prefixed with the usual web location of the Bugzilla installation). +Once the quip interface is displayed, the "view and edit the whole +quip list" link takes you to the quips administration page, which +lists all quips available in the database. + +Next to each quip there is a checkbox, under the +"Approved" column. Quips that have this checkbox checked are +already approved and will appear next to the search results. +The ones that have it unchecked are still preserved in the +database but will not appear on search results pages. +User submitted quips have initially the checkbox unchecked. + +Also, there is a delete link next to each quip, +which can be used in order to permanently delete a quip. + +Display of quips is controlled by the *display_quips* +user preference. Possible values are "on" and "off". + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/users.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/users.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8657e5d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/users.rst @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +.. _users: + +Users +##### + +.. _defaultuser: + +Creating Admin Users +==================== + +When you first run checksetup.pl after installing Bugzilla, it will +prompt you for the username (email address) and password for the first +admin user. If for some reason you delete all the admin users, +re-running checksetup.pl will again prompt you for a username and +password and make a new admin. + +If you wish to add more administrative users, add them to the "admin" group. + +.. _user-account-search: + +Searching For Users +=================== + +If you have ``editusers`` privileges or if you are allowed +to grant privileges for some groups, the :guilabel:`Users` link +will appear in the Administration page. + +The first screen is a search form to search for existing user +accounts. You can run searches based either on the user ID, real +name or login name (i.e. the email address, or just the first part +of the email address if the :param:`emailsuffix` parameter is set). +The search can be conducted +in different ways using the listbox to the right of the text entry +box. You can match by case-insensitive substring (the default), +regular expression, a *reverse* regular expression +match (which finds every user name which does NOT match the regular +expression), or the exact string if you know exactly who you are +looking for. The search can be restricted to users who are in a +specific group. By default, the restriction is turned off. + +The search returns a list of +users matching your criteria. User properties can be edited by clicking +the login name. The Account History of a user can be viewed by clicking +the "View" link in the Account History column. The Account History +displays changes that have been made to the user account, the time of +the change and the user who made the change. For example, the Account +History page will display details of when a user was added or removed +from a group. + +.. _modifyusers: + +Modifying Users +=============== + +Once you have found your user, you can change the following +fields: + +- *Login Name*: + This is generally the user's full email address. However, if you + have are using the :param:`emailsuffix` parameter, this may + just be the user's login name. Unless you turn off the + :param:`allowemailchange` parameter, users can change their + login names themselves (to any valid email address). + +- *Real Name*: The user's real name. Note that + Bugzilla does not require this to create an account. + +- *Password*: + You can change the user's password here. Users can automatically + request a new password, so you shouldn't need to do this often. + If you want to disable an account, see Disable Text below. + +- *Bugmail Disabled*: + Mark this checkbox to disable bugmail and whinemail completely + for this account. This checkbox replaces the data/nomail file + which existed in older versions of Bugzilla. + +- *Disable Text*: + If you type anything in this box, including just a space, the + user is prevented from logging in and from making any changes to + bugs via the web interface. + The HTML you type in this box is presented to the user when + they attempt to perform these actions and should explain + why the account was disabled. + Users with disabled accounts will continue to receive + mail from Bugzilla; furthermore, they will not be able + to log in themselves to change their own preferences and + stop it. If you want an account (disabled or active) to + stop receiving mail, simply check the + ``Bugmail Disabled`` checkbox above. + + .. note:: Even users whose accounts have been disabled can still + submit bugs via the email gateway, if one exists. + The email gateway should *not* be + enabled for secure installations of Bugzilla. + + .. warning:: Don't disable all the administrator accounts! + +- *<groupname>*: + If you have created some groups, e.g. "securitysensitive", then + checkboxes will appear here to allow you to add users to, or + remove them from, these groups. The first checkbox gives the + user the ability to add and remove other users as members of + this group. The second checkbox adds the user himself as a member + of the group. + +- *canconfirm*: + This field is only used if you have enabled the "unconfirmed" + status. If you enable this for a user, + that user can then move bugs from "Unconfirmed" to a "Confirmed" + status (e.g.: "New" status). + +- *creategroups*: + This option will allow a user to create and destroy groups in + Bugzilla. + +- *editbugs*: + Unless a user has this bit set, they can only edit those bugs + for which they are the assignee or the reporter. Even if this + option is unchecked, users can still add comments to bugs. + +- *editcomponents*: + This flag allows a user to create new products and components, + modify existing products and components, and destroy those that have + no bugs associated with them. If a product or component has bugs + associated with it, those bugs must be moved to a different product + or component before Bugzilla will allow them to be destroyed. + +- *editkeywords*: + If you use Bugzilla's keyword functionality, enabling this + feature allows a user to create and destroy keywords. A keyword + must be removed from any bugs upon which it is currently set + before it can be destroyed. + +- *editusers*: + This flag allows a user to do what you're doing right now: edit + other users. This will allow those with the right to do so to + remove administrator privileges from other users or grant them to + themselves. Enable with care. + +- *tweakparams*: + This flag allows a user to change Bugzilla's Params + (using :file:`editparams.cgi`.) + +- *<productname>*: + This allows an administrator to specify the products + in which a user can see bugs. If you turn on the + :param:`makeproductgroups` parameter in + the Group Security Panel in the Parameters page, + then Bugzilla creates one group per product (at the time you create + the product), and this group has exactly the same name as the + product itself. Note that for products that already exist when + the parameter is turned on, the corresponding group will not be + created. The user must still have the :group:`editbugs` + privilege to edit bugs in these products. + +.. _createnewusers: + +Creating New Users +================== + +.. _self-registration: + +Self-Registration +----------------- + +By default, users can create their own user accounts by clicking the +``New Account`` link at the bottom of each page (assuming +they aren't logged in as someone else already). If you want to disable +this self-registration, or if you want to restrict who can create their +own user account, you have to edit the :param:`createemailregexp` +parameter in the ``Configuration`` page; see +:ref:`parameters`. + +.. _user-account-creation: + +Administrator Registration +-------------------------- + +Users with ``editusers`` privileges, such as administrators, +can create user accounts for other users: + +#. After logging in, click the "Users" link at the footer of + the query page, and then click "Add a new user". + +#. Fill out the form presented. This page is self-explanatory. + When done, click "Submit". + + .. note:: Adding a user this way will *not* + send an email informing them of their username and password. + While useful for creating dummy accounts (watchers which + shuttle mail to another system, for instance, or email + addresses which are a mailing list), in general it is + preferable to log out and use the ``New Account`` + button to create users, as it will pre-populate all the + required fields and also notify the user of her account name + and password. + +.. _user-account-deletion: + +Deleting Users +============== + +If the :param:`allowuserdeletion` parameter is turned on (see +:ref:`parameters`) then you can also delete user accounts. +Note that, most of the time, this is not the best thing to do. If only +a warning in a yellow box is displayed, then the deletion is safe. +If a warning is also displayed in a red box, then you should NOT try +to delete the user account, else you will get referential integrity +problems in your database, which can lead to unexpected behavior, +such as bugs not appearing in bug lists anymore, or data displaying +incorrectly. You have been warned! + +.. _impersonatingusers: + +Impersonating Users +=================== + +There may be times when an administrator would like to do something as +another user. The :command:`sudo` feature may be used to do +this. + +.. note:: To use the sudo feature, you must be in the + *bz_sudoers* group. By default, all + administrators are in this group. + +If you have access to this feature, you may start a session by +going to the Edit Users page, Searching for a user and clicking on +their login. You should see a link below their login name titled +"Impersonate this user". Click on the link. This will take you +to a page where you will see a description of the feature and +instructions for using it. After reading the text, simply +enter the login of the user you would like to impersonate, provide +a short message explaining why you are doing this, and press the +button. + +As long as you are using this feature, everything you do will be done +as if you were logged in as the user you are impersonating. + +.. warning:: The user you are impersonating will not be told about what you are + doing. If you do anything that results in mail being sent, that + mail will appear to be from the user you are impersonating. You + should be extremely careful while using this feature. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/whining.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/whining.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc101ab9b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/whining.rst @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +.. _whining: + +Whining +####### + +Whining is a feature in Bugzilla that can regularly annoy users at +specified times. Using this feature, users can execute saved searches +at specific times (e.g. the 15th of the month at midnight) or at +regular intervals (e.g. every 15 minutes on Sundays). The results of the +searches are sent to the user, either as a single email or as one email +per bug, along with some descriptive text. + +.. warning:: Throughout this section it will be assumed that all users are members + of the bz_canusewhines group, membership in which is required in order + to use the Whining system. You can easily make all users members of + the bz_canusewhines group by setting the User RegExp to ".*" (without + the quotes). + + Also worth noting is the bz_canusewhineatothers group. Members of this + group can create whines for any user or group in Bugzilla using an + extended form of the whining interface. Features only available to + members of the bz_canusewhineatothers group will be noted in the + appropriate places. + +.. note:: For whining to work, a special Perl script must be executed at regular + intervals. More information on this is available in :ref:`installation-whining`. + +.. note:: This section does not cover the whineatnews.pl script. + See :ref:`installation-whining-cron` for more information on + The Whining Cron. + +.. _whining-overview: + +The Event +========= + +The whining system defines an "Event" as one or more queries being +executed at regular intervals, with the results of said queries (if +there are any) being emailed to the user. Events are created by +clicking on the "Add new event" button. + +Once a new event is created, the first thing to set is the "Email +subject line". The contents of this field will be used in the subject +line of every email generated by this event. In addition to setting a +subject, space is provided to enter some descriptive text that will be +included at the top of each message (to help you in understanding why +you received the email in the first place). + +The next step is to specify when the Event is to be run (the Schedule) +and what searches are to be performed (the Searches). + +.. _whining-schedule: + +Whining Schedule +================ + +Each whining event is associated with zero or more schedules. A +schedule is used to specify when the search (specified below) is to be +run. A new event starts out with no schedules (which means it will +never run, as it is not scheduled to run). To add a schedule, press +the "Add a new schedule" button. + +Each schedule includes an interval, which you use to tell Bugzilla +when the event should be run. An event can be run on certain days of +the week, certain days of the month, during weekdays (defined as +Monday through Friday), or every day. + +.. warning:: Be careful if you set your event to run on the 29th, 30th, or 31st of + the month, as your event may not run exactly when expected. If you + want your event to run on the last day of the month, select "Last day + of the month" as the interval. + +Once you have specified the day(s) on which the event is to be run, you +should now specify the time at which the event is to be run. You can +have the event run at a certain hour on the specified day(s), or +every hour, half-hour, or quarter-hour on the specified day(s). + +If a single schedule does not execute an event as many times as you +would want, you can create another schedule for the same event. For +example, if you want to run an event on days whose numbers are +divisible by seven, you would need to add four schedules to the event, +setting the schedules to run on the 7th, 14th, 21st, and 28th (one day +per schedule) at whatever time (or times) you choose. + +.. note:: If you are a member of the bz_canusewhineatothers group, then you + will be presented with another option: "Mail to". Using this you + can control who will receive the emails generated by this event. You + can choose to send the emails to a single user (identified by email + address) or a single group (identified by group name). To send to + multiple users or groups, create a new schedule for each additional + user/group. + +.. _whining-query: + +Whining Searches +================ + +Each whining event is associated with zero or more searches. A search +is any saved search to be run as part of the specified schedule (see +above). You start out without any searches associated with the event +(which means that the event will not run, as there will never be any +results to return). To add a search, press the "Add a search" button. + +The first field to examine in your newly added search is the Sort field. +Searches are run, and results included, in the order specified by the +Sort field. Searches with smaller Sort values will run before searches +with bigger Sort values. + +The next field to examine is the Search field. This is where you +choose the actual search that is to be run. Instead of defining search +parameters here, you are asked to choose from the list of saved +searches (the same list that appears at the bottom of every Bugzilla +page). You are only allowed to choose from searches that you have +saved yourself (the default saved search, "My Bugs", is not a valid +choice). If you do not have any saved searches, you can take this +opportunity to create one (see :ref:`list`). + +.. note:: When running searches, the whining system acts as if you are the user + executing the search. This means that the whining system will ignore + bugs that match your search but that you cannot access. + +Once you have chosen the saved search to be executed, give the search a +descriptive title. This title will appear in the email, above the +results of the search. If you choose "One message per bug", the search +title will appear at the top of each email that contains a bug matching +your search. + +Finally, decide if the results of the search should be sent in a single +email, or if each bug should appear in its own email. + +.. warning:: Think carefully before checking the "One message per bug" box. If + you create a search that matches thousands of bugs, you will receive + thousands of emails! + +Saving Your Changes +=================== + +Once you have defined at least one schedule and created at least one +search, go ahead and "Update/Commit". This will save your Event and make +it available for immediate execution. + +.. note:: If you ever feel like deleting your event, you may do so using the + "Remove Event" button in the upper-right corner of each Event. You + can also modify an existing event, so long as you "Update/Commit" + after completing your modifications. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administering/workflow.rst b/docs/en/rst/administering/workflow.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ce5b7a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administering/workflow.rst @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.. _workflow: + +Workflow +######## + +The bug status workflow—which statuses are valid transitions from which +other statuses—can be customized. + +You need to begin by defining the statuses and resolutions you want to use +(see :ref:`field-values`). By convention, these are in all capital letters. + +Only one bug status, UNCONFIRMED, can never be renamed nor deleted. However, +it can be disabled entirely on a per-product basis (see :ref:`categorization`). +The status referred to by the :param:`duplicate_or_move_bug_status` parameter, if +set, is also undeletable. To make it deletable, +simply set the value of that parameter to a different status. + +Aside from the empty value, two resolutions, DUPLICATE and FIXED, cannot be +renamed or deleted. (FIXED could be if we fixed +`bug 1007605 <https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1007605>`_.) + +Once you have defined your statuses, you can configure the workflow of +how a bug moves between them. The workflow configuration +page displays all existing bug statuses twice: first on the left for the +starting status, and on the top for the target status in the transition. +If the checkbox is checked, then the transition from the left to the top +status is legal; if it's unchecked, that transition is forbidden. + +The status used as the :param:`duplicate_or_move_bug_status` parameter +(normally RESOLVED or its equivalent) is required to be a legal transition +from every other bug status, and so this is enforced on the page. + +The "View Comments Required on Status Transitions" link below the table +lets you set which transitions require a comment from the user. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/attachment.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/attachment.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f89b6c23e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/attachment.rst @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +Attachments +=========== + +The Bugzilla API for creating, changing, and getting the details of attachments. + +.. _rest_attachments: + +Get Attachment +-------------- + +This allows you to get data about attachments, given a list of bugs and/or +attachment IDs. Private attachments will only be returned if you are in the +appropriate group or if you are the submitter of the attachment. + +**Request** + +To get all current attachments for a bug: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/(bug_id)/attachment + +To get a specific attachment based on attachment ID: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/attachment/(attachment_id) + +One of the below must be specified. + +================= ==== ====================================================== +name type description +================= ==== ====================================================== +**bug_id** int Integer bug ID. +**attachment_id** int Integer attachment ID. +================= ==== ====================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "bugs" : { + "1345" : [ + { (attachment) }, + { (attachment) } + ], + "9874" : [ + { (attachment) }, + { (attachment) } + ], + }, + "attachments" : { + "234" : { (attachment) }, + "123" : { (attachment) }, + } + } + +An object containing two elements: ``bugs`` and ``attachments``. + +The attachments for the bug that you specified in the ``bug_id`` argument in +input are returned in ``bugs`` on output. ``bugs`` is a object that has integer +bug IDs for keys and the values are arrays of objects as attachments. +(Fields for attachments are described below.) + +For the attachment that you specified directly in ``attachment_id``, they +are returned in ``attachments`` on output. This is a object where the attachment +ids point directly to objects describing the individual attachment. + +The fields for each attachment (where it says ``(attachment)`` in the +sample response above) are: + +================ ======== ===================================================== +name type description +================ ======== ===================================================== +data base64 The raw data of the attachment, encoded as Base64. +size int The length (in bytes) of the attachment. +creation_time datetime The time the attachment was created. +last_change_time datetime The last time the attachment was modified. +id int The numeric ID of the attachment. +bug_id int The numeric ID of the bug that the attachment is + attached to. +file_name string The file name of the attachment. +summary string A short string describing the attachment. +content_type string The MIME type of the attachment. +is_private boolean ``true`` if the attachment is private (only visible + to a certain group called the "insidergroup", + ``false`` otherwise. +is_obsolete boolean ``true`` if the attachment is obsolete, ``false`` + otherwise. +is_patch boolean ``true`` if the attachment is a patch, ``false`` + otherwise. +creator string The login name of the user that created the + attachment. +flags array Array of objects, each containing the information + about the flag currently set for each attachment. + Each flag object contains items descibed in the + Flag object below. +================ ======== ===================================================== + +Flag object: + +================= ======== ==================================================== +name type description +================= ======== ==================================================== +id int The ID of the flag. +name string The name of the flag. +type_id int The type ID of the flag. +creation_date datetime The timestamp when this flag was originally created. +modification_date datetime The timestamp when the flag was last modified. +status string The current status of the flag such as ?, +, or -. +setter string The login name of the user who created or last + modified the flag. +requestee string The login name of the user this flag has been + requested to be granted or denied. Note, this field + is only returned if a requestee is set. +================= ======== ==================================================== + +.. _rest_add_attachment: + +Create Attachment +----------------- + +This allows you to add an attachment to a bug in Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +To create attachment on a current bug: + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/bug/(bug_id)/attachment + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [ 35 ], + "is_patch" : true, + "comment" : "This is a new attachment comment", + "summary" : "Test Attachment", + "content_type" : "text/plain", + "data" : "(Some patch content)", + "file_name" : "test_attachment.patch", + "obsoletes" : [], + "is_private" : false, + "flags" : [ + { + "name" : "review", + "status" : "?", + "requestee" : "user@bugzilla.org", + "new" : true + } + ] + } + + +The params to include in the POST body, as well as the returned +data format, are the same as below. The ``bug_id`` param will be +overridden as it it pulled from the URL path. + +================ ======= ====================================================== +name type description +================ ======= ====================================================== +**ids** array The IDs or aliases of bugs that you want to add this + attachment to. The same attachment and comment will be + added to all these bugs. +**data** string The content of the attachment. If the content of the + attachment is not ASCII text such as + ``application/octet-stream`` you must encode it in + base64 using an appropriate client library such as + ``MIME::Base64`` for Perl. +**file_name** string The "file name" that will be displayed in the UI for + this attachment and also downloaded copies will be + given. +**summary** string A short string describing the attachment. +**content_type** string The MIME type of the attachment, like ``text/plain`` + or ``image/png``. +comment string A comment to add along with this attachment. +is_patch boolean ``true`` if Bugzilla should treat this attachment as a + patch. If you specify this, you do not need to specify + a ``content_type``. The ``content_type`` of the + attachment will be forced to ``text/plain``. Defaults + to ``false`` if not specified. +is_private boolean ``true`` if the attachment should be private + (restricted to the "insidergroup"), ``false`` if the + attachment should be public. Defaults to ``false`` if + not specified. +flags array Flags objects to add to the attachment. The object + format is described in the Flag object below. +================ ======= ====================================================== + +Flag object: + +To create a flag, at least the ``status`` and the ``type_id`` or ``name`` must +be provided. An optional requestee can be passed if the flag type is requestable +to a specific user. + +========= ====== ============================================================== +name type description +========= ====== ============================================================== +name string The name of the flag type. +type_id int The internal flag type ID. +status string The flags new status (i.e. "?", "+", "-" or "X" to clear a + flag). +requestee string The login of the requestee if the flag type is requestable to + a specific user. +========= ====== ============================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [ + "2797" + ] + } + +==== ===== ========================= +name type description +==== ===== ========================= +ids array Attachment IDs created. +==== ===== ========================= + +.. _rest_update_attachment: + +Update Attachment +----------------- + +This allows you to update attachment metadata in Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +To update attachment metadata on a current attachment: + +.. code-block:: text + + PUT /rest/bug/attachment/(attachment_id) + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [ 2796 ], + "summary" : "Test XML file", + "comment" : "Changed this from a patch to a XML file", + "content_type" : "text/xml", + "is_patch" : 0 + } + +================= ===== ======================================================= +name type description +================= ===== ======================================================= +**attachment_id** int Integer attachment ID. +**ids** array The IDs of the attachments you want to update. +================= ===== ======================================================= + +============ ======= ========================================================== +name type description +============ ======= ========================================================== +file_name string The "file name" that will be displayed in the UI for this + attachment. +summary string A short string describing the attachment. +comment string An optional comment to add to the attachment's bug. +content_type string The MIME type of the attachment, like ``text/plain`` + or ``image/png``. +is_patch boolean ``true`` if Bugzilla should treat this attachment as a + patch. If you specify this, you do not need to specify a + ``content_type``. The ``content_type`` of the attachment + will be forced to ``text/plain``. +is_private boolean ``true`` if the attachment should be private (restricted + to the "insidergroup"), ``false`` if the attachment + should be public. +is_obsolete boolean ``true`` if the attachment is obsolete, ``false`` + otherwise. +flags array An array of Flag objects with changes to the flags. The + object format is described in the Flag object below. +============ ======= ========================================================== + +Flag object: + +The following values can be specified. At least the ``status`` and one of +``type_id``, ``id``, or ``name`` must be specified. If a type_id or name matches +a single currently set flag, the flag will be updated unless ``new`` is specified. + +========= ======= ============================================================= +name type description +========= ======= ============================================================= +name string The name of the flag that will be created or updated. +type_id int The internal flag type ID that will be created or updated. + You will need to specify the ``type_id`` if more than one + flag type of the same name exists. +status string The flags new status (i.e. "?", "+", "-" or "X" to clear a + flag). +requestee string The login of the requestee if the flag type is requestable + to a specific user. +id int Use ID to specify the flag to be updated. You will need to + specify the ``id`` if more than one flag is set of the same + name. +new boolean Set to true if you specifically want a new flag to be + created. +========= ======= ============================================================= + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "attachments" : [ + { + "changes" : { + "content_type" : { + "added" : "text/xml", + "removed" : "text/plain" + }, + "is_patch" : { + "added" : "0", + "removed" : "1" + }, + "summary" : { + "added" : "Test XML file", + "removed" : "test patch" + } + }, + "id" : 2796, + "last_change_time" : "2014-09-29T14:41:53Z" + } + ] + } + +``attachments`` (array) Change objects with the following items: + +================ ======== ===================================================== +name type description +================ ======== ===================================================== +id int The ID of the attachment that was updated. +last_change_time datetime The exact time that this update was done at, for this + attachment. If no update was done (that is, no fields + had their values changed and no comment was added) + then this will instead be the last time the + attachment was updated. +changes object The changes that were actually done on this + attachment. The keys are the names of the fields that + were changed, and the values are an object with two + items: + + * added: (string) The values that were added to this + field. Possibly a comma-and-space-separated list + if multiple values were added. + * removed: (string) The values that were removed from + this field. +================ ======== ===================================================== diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bug-user-last-visit.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bug-user-last-visit.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..919744968 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bug-user-last-visit.rst @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +Bug User Last Visited +===================== + +.. _rest-bug-user-last-visit-update: + +Update Last Visited +------------------- + +Update the last-visited time for the specified bug and current user. + +**Request** + +To update the time for a single bug id: + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/bug_user_last_visit/(id) + +To update one or more bug ids at once: + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/bug_user_last_visit + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [35,36,37] + } + +======= ===== ============================== +name type description +======= ===== ============================== +**id** int An integer bug id. +**ids** array One or more bug ids to update. +======= ===== ============================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + [ + { + "id" : 100, + "last_visit_ts" : "2014-10-16T17:38:24Z" + } + ] + +An array of objects containing the items: + +============= ======== ============================================ +name type description +============= ======== ============================================ +id int The bug id. +last_visit_ts datetime The timestamp the user last visited the bug. +============= ======== ============================================ + +.. _rest-bug-user-last-visit-get: + +Get Last Visited +---------------- + +**Request** + +Get the last-visited timestamp for one or more specified bug ids or get a +list of the last 20 visited bugs and their timestamps. + +To return the last-visited timestamp for a single bug id: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug_user_last_visit/(id) + +To return more than one specific bug timestamps: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug_user_last_visit/123?ids=234&ids=456 + +To return just the most recent 20 timestamps: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug_user_last_visit + +======= ===== ============================================ +name type description +======= ===== ============================================ +**id** int An integer bug id. +**ids** array One or more optional bug ids to get. +======= ===== ============================================ + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + [ + { + "id" : 100, + "last_visit_ts" : "2014-10-16T17:38:24Z" + } + ] + +An array of objects containing the following items: + +============= ======== ============================================ +name type description +============= ======== ============================================ +id int The bug id. +last_visit_ts datetime The timestamp the user last visited the bug. +============= ======== ============================================ diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bug.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bug.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1bf2a2006 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bug.rst @@ -0,0 +1,986 @@ +Bugs +==== + +The REST API for creating, changing, and getting the details of bugs. + +This part of the Bugzilla REST API allows you to file new bugs in Bugzilla and +to get information about existing bugs. + +.. _rest_single_bug: + +Get Bug +------- + +Gets information about particular bugs in the database. + +**Request** + +To get information about a particular bug using its ID or alias: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/(id_or_alias) + +You can also use :ref:`rest_search_bugs` to return more than one bug at a time +by specifying bug IDs as the search terms. + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug?id=12434,43421 + +================ ===== ====================================================== +name type description +================ ===== ====================================================== +**id_or_alias** mixed An integer bug ID or a bug alias string. +================ ===== ====================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "faults": [], + "bugs": [ + { + "assigned_to_detail": { + "id": 2, + "real_name": "Test User", + "name": "user@bugzilla.org", + "email": "user@bugzilla.org" + }, + "flags": [ + { + "type_id": 11, + "modification_date": "2014-09-28T21:03:47Z", + "name": "blocker", + "status": "?", + "id": 2906, + "setter": "user@bugzilla.org", + "creation_date": "2014-09-28T21:03:47Z" + } + ], + "resolution": "INVALID", + "id": 35, + "qa_contact": "", + "version": "1.0", + "status": "RESOLVED", + "creator": "user@bugzilla.org", + "cf_drop_down": "---", + "summary": "test bug", + "last_change_time": "2014-09-23T19:12:17Z", + "platform": "All", + "url": "", + "classification": "Unclassified", + "cc_detail": [ + { + "id": 786, + "real_name": "Foo Bar", + "name": "foo@bar.com", + "email": "foo@bar.com" + }, + ], + "priority": "P1", + "is_confirmed": true, + "creation_time": "2000-07-25T13:50:04Z", + "assigned_to": "user@bugzilla.org", + "flags": [], + "alias": [], + "cf_large_text": "", + "groups": [], + "op_sys": "All", + "cf_bug_id": null, + "depends_on": [], + "is_cc_accessible": true, + "is_open": false, + "cf_qa_list_4": "---", + "keywords": [], + "cc": [ + "foo@bar.com", + ], + "see_also": [], + "deadline": null, + "is_creator_accessible": true, + "whiteboard": "", + "dupe_of": null, + "target_milestone": "---", + "cf_mulitple_select": [], + "component": "SaltSprinkler", + "severity": "critical", + "cf_date": null, + "product": "FoodReplicator", + "creator_detail": { + "id": 28, + "real_name": "hello", + "name": "user@bugzilla.org", + "email": "namachi@netscape.com" + }, + "cf_free_text": "", + "blocks": [] + } + ] + } + +``bugs`` (array) Each bug object contains information about the bugs with valid +ids containing the following items: + +These fields are returned by default or by specifying ``_default`` in +``include_fields``. + +===================== ======== ================================================ +name type description +===================== ======== ================================================ +actual_time double The total number of hours that this bug has + taken so far. If you are not in the time-tracking + group, this field will not be included in the + return value. +alias array The unique aliases of this bug. An empty array + will be returned if this bug has no aliases. +assigned_to string The login name of the user to whom the bug is + assigned. +assigned_to_detail object An object containing detailed user information + for the assigned_to. To see the keys included + in the user detail object, see below. +blocks array The IDs of bugs that are "blocked" by this bug. +cc array The login names of users on the CC list of this + bug. +cc_detail array Array of objects containing detailed user + information for each of the cc list members. + To see the keys included in the user detail + object, see below. +classification string The name of the current classification the bug + is in. +component string The name of the current component of this bug. +creation_time datetime When the bug was created. +creator string The login name of the person who filed this bug + (the reporter). +creator_detail object An object containing detailed user information + for the creator. To see the keys included in the + user detail object, see below. +deadline string The day that this bug is due to be completed, in + the format ``YYYY-MM-DD``. +depends_on array The IDs of bugs that this bug "depends on". +dupe_of int The bug ID of the bug that this bug is a + duplicate of. If this bug isn't a duplicate of + any bug, this will be null. +estimated_time double The number of hours that it was estimated that + this bug would take. If you are not in the + time-tracking group, this field will not be + included in the return value. +flags array An array of objects containing the information + about flags currently set for the bug. Each flag + objects contains the following items +groups array The names of all the groups that this bug is in. +id int The unique numeric ID of this bug. +is_cc_accessible boolean If true, this bug can be accessed by members of + the CC list, even if they are not in the groups + the bug is restricted to. +is_confirmed boolean ``true`` if the bug has been confirmed. Usually + this means that the bug has at some point been + moved out of the ``UNCONFIRMED`` status and into + another open status. +is_open boolean ``true`` if this bug is open, ``false`` if it + is closed. +is_creator_accessible boolean If ``true``, this bug can be accessed by the + creator of the bug, even if they are not a + member of the groups the bug is restricted to. +keywords array Each keyword that is on this bug. +last_change_time datetime When the bug was last changed. +op_sys string The name of the operating system that the bug + was filed against. +platform string The name of the platform (hardware) that the bug + was filed against. +priority string The priority of the bug. +product string The name of the product this bug is in. +qa_contact string The login name of the current QA Contact on the + bug. +qa_contact_detail object An object containing detailed user information + for the qa_contact. To see the keys included in + the user detail object, see below. +remaining_time double The number of hours of work remaining until work + on this bug is complete. If you are not in the + time-tracking group, this field will not be + included in the return value. +resolution string The current resolution of the bug, or an empty + string if the bug is open. +see_also array The URLs in the See Also field on the bug. +severity string The current severity of the bug. +status string The current status of the bug. +summary string The summary of this bug. +target_milestone string The milestone that this bug is supposed to be + fixed by, or for closed bugs, the milestone that + it was fixed for. +update_token string The token that you would have to pass to the + ``process_bug.cgi`` page in order to update this + bug. This changes every time the bug is updated. + This field is not returned to logged-out users. +url string A URL that demonstrates the problem described in + the bug, or is somehow related to the bug report. +version string The version the bug was reported against. +whiteboard string The value of the "status whiteboard" field on + the bug. +===================== ======== ================================================ + +Custom fields: + +Every custom field in this installation will also be included in the +return value. Most fields are returned as strings. However, some field types have +different return values. + +Normally custom fields are returned by default similar to normal bug fields or +you can specify only custom fields by using ``_custom`` in ``include_fields``. + +Extra fields: + +These fields are returned only by specifying ``_extra`` or the field name in +``include_fields``. + +==== ===== ==================================================================== +name type description +==== ===== ==================================================================== +tags array Each array item is a tag name. Note that tags are + personal to the currently logged in user and are not the same as + comment tags. +==== ===== ==================================================================== + +User object: + +========= ====== ============================================================== +name type description +========= ====== ============================================================== +id int The user ID for this user. +real_name string The 'real' name for this user, if any. +name string The user's Bugzilla login. +email string The user's email address. Currently this is the same value as + the name. +========= ====== ============================================================== + +Flag object: + +================= ======== ==================================================== +name type description +================= ======== ==================================================== +id int The ID of the flag. +name string The name of the flag. +type_id int The type ID of the flag. +creation_date datetime The timestamp when this flag was originally created. +modification_date datetime The timestamp when the flag was last modified. +status string The current status of the flag. +setter string The login name of the user who created or last + modified the flag. +requestee string The login name of the user this flag has been + requested to be granted or denied. Note, this field + is only returned if a requestee is set. +================= ======== ==================================================== + +Custom field object: + +You can specify to only return custom fields by specifying ``_custom`` or the +field name in ``include_fields``. + +* Bug ID Fields: (int) +* Multiple-Selection Fields: (array of strings) +* Date/Time Fields: (datetime) + +.. _rest_history: + +Bug History +----------- + +Gets the history of changes for particular bugs in the database. + +**Request** + +To get the history for a specific bug ID: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/(id)/history + +To get the history for a bug since a specific date: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/(id)/history?new_since=YYYY-MM-DD + +========= ======== ============================================================ +name type description +========= ======== ============================================================ +**id** mixed An integer bug ID or alias. +new_since datetime A datetime timestamp to only show history since. +========= ======== ============================================================ + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "bugs": [ + { + "alias": [], + "history": [ + { + "when": "2014-09-23T19:12:17Z", + "who": "user@bugzilla.org", + "changes": [ + { + "added": "P1", + "field_name": "priority", + "removed": "P2" + }, + { + "removed": "blocker", + "field_name": "severity", + "added": "critical" + } + ] + }, + { + "when": "2014-09-28T21:03:47Z", + "who": "user@bugzilla.org", + "changes": [ + { + "added": "blocker?", + "removed": "", + "field_name": "flagtypes.name" + } + ] + } + ], + "id": 35 + } + ] + } + +``bugs`` (array) Bug objects each containing the following items: + +======= ===== ================================================================= +name type description +======= ===== ================================================================= +id int The numeric ID of the bug. +alias array The unique aliases of this bug. An empty array will be returned + if this bug has no aliases. +history array An array of History objects. +======= ===== ================================================================= + +History object: + +======= ======== ============================================================== +name type description +======= ======== ============================================================== +when datetime The date the bug activity/change happened. +who string The login name of the user who performed the bug change. +changes array An array of Change objects which contain all the changes that + happened to the bug at this time (as specified by ``when``). +======= ======== ============================================================== + +Change object: + +============= ====== ========================================================== +name type description +============= ====== ========================================================== +field_name string The name of the bug field that has changed. +removed string The previous value of the bug field which has been + deleted by the change. +added string The new value of the bug field which has been added + by the change. +attachment_id int The ID of the attachment that was changed. + This only appears if the change was to an attachment, + otherwise ``attachment_id`` will not be present in this + object. +============= ====== ========================================================== + +.. _rest_search_bugs: + +Search Bugs +----------- + +Allows you to search for bugs based on particular criteria. + +**Request** + +To search for bugs: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug + +Unless otherwise specified in the description of a parameter, bugs are +returned if they match *exactly* the criteria you specify in these +parameters. That is, we don't match against substrings--if a bug is in +the "Widgets" product and you ask for bugs in the "Widg" product, you +won't get anything. + +Criteria are joined in a logical AND. That is, you will be returned +bugs that match *all* of the criteria, not bugs that match *any* of +the criteria. + +Each parameter can be either the type it says, or a list of the types +it says. If you pass an array, it means "Give me bugs with *any* of +these values." For example, if you wanted bugs that were in either +the "Foo" or "Bar" products, you'd pass: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug?product=Foo&product=Bar + +Some Bugzillas may treat your arguments case-sensitively, depending +on what database system they are using. Most commonly, though, Bugzilla is +not case-sensitive with the arguments passed (because MySQL is the +most-common database to use with Bugzilla, and MySQL is not case sensitive). + +In addition to the fields listed below, you may also use criteria that +is similar to what is used in the Advanced Search screen of the Bugzilla +UI. This includes fields specified by ``Search by Change History`` and +``Custom Search``. The easiest way to determine what the field names are and what +format Bugzilla expects is to first construct your query using the +Advanced Search UI, execute it and use the query parameters in they URL +as your query for the REST call. + +================ ======== ===================================================== +name type description +================ ======== ===================================================== +alias array The unique aliases of this bug. An empty array will + be returned if this bug has no aliases. +assigned_to string The login name of a user that a bug is assigned to. +component string The name of the Component that the bug is in. Note + that if there are multiple Components with the same + name, and you search for that name, bugs in *all* + those Components will be returned. If you don't want + this, be sure to also specify the ``product`` argument. +creation_time datetime Searches for bugs that were created at this time or + later. May not be an array. +creator string The login name of the user who created the bug. You + can also pass this argument with the name + ``reporter``, for backwards compatibility with + older Bugzillas. +id int The numeric ID of the bug. +last_change_time datetime Searches for bugs that were modified at this time + or later. May not be an array. +limit int Limit the number of results returned. If the limit + is more than zero and higher than the maximum limit + set by the administrator, then the maximum limit will + be used instead. If you set the limit equal to zero, + then all matching results will be returned instead. +offset int Used in conjunction with the ``limit`` argument, + ``offset`` defines the starting position for the + search. For example, given a search that would + return 100 bugs, setting ``limit`` to 10 and + ``offset`` to 10 would return bugs 11 through 20 + from the set of 100. +op_sys string The "Operating System" field of a bug. +platform string The Platform (sometimes called "Hardware") field of + a bug. +priority string The Priority field on a bug. +product string The name of the Product that the bug is in. +resolution string The current resolution--only set if a bug is closed. + You can find open bugs by searching for bugs with an + empty resolution. +severity string The Severity field on a bug. +status string The current status of a bug (not including its + resolution, if it has one, which is a separate field + above). +summary string Searches for substrings in the single-line Summary + field on bugs. If you specify an array, then bugs + whose summaries match *any* of the passed substrings + will be returned. Note that unlike searching in the + Bugzilla UI, substrings are not split on spaces. So + searching for ``foo bar`` will match "This is a foo + bar" but not "This foo is a bar". ``['foo', 'bar']``, + would, however, match the second item. +tags string Searches for a bug with the specified tag. If you + specify an array, then any bugs that match *any* of + the tags will be returned. Note that tags are + personal to the currently logged in user. +target_milestone string The Target Milestone field of a bug. Note that even + if this Bugzilla does not have the Target Milestone + field enabled, you can still search for bugs by + Target Milestone. However, it is likely that in that + case, most bugs will not have a Target Milestone set + (it defaults to "---" when the field isn't enabled). +qa_contact string The login name of the bug's QA Contact. Note that + even if this Bugzilla does not have the QA Contact + field enabled, you can still search for bugs by QA + Contact (though it is likely that no bug will have a + QA Contact set, if the field is disabled). +url string The "URL" field of a bug. +version string The Version field of a bug. +whiteboard string Search the "Status Whiteboard" field on bugs for a + substring. Works the same as the ``summary`` field + described above, but searches the Status Whiteboard + field. +quicksearch string Search for bugs using quicksearch syntax. +================ ======== ===================================================== + +**Response** + +The same as :ref:`rest_single_bug`. + +.. _rest_create_bug: + +Create Bug +---------- + +This allows you to create a new bug in Bugzilla. If you specify any +invalid fields, an error will be thrown stating which field is invalid. +If you specify any fields you are not allowed to set, they will just be +set to their defaults or ignored. + +You cannot currently set all the items here that you can set on enter_bug.cgi. + +The WebService interface may allow you to set things other than those listed +here, but realize that anything undocumented here may likely change in the +future. + +**Request** + +To create a new bug in Bugzilla. + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/bug + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "product" : "TestProduct", + "component" : "TestComponent", + "version" : "unspecified", + "summary" : "'This is a test bug - please disregard", + "alias" : "SomeAlias", + "op_sys" : "All", + "priority" : "P1", + "rep_platform" : "All" + } + +Some params must be set, or an error will be thrown. These params are +marked in **bold**. + +Some parameters can have defaults set in Bugzilla, by the administrator. +If these parameters have defaults set, you can omit them. These parameters +are marked (defaulted). + +Clients that want to be able to interact uniformly with multiple +Bugzillas should always set both the params marked required and those +marked (defaulted), because some Bugzillas may not have defaults set +for (defaulted) parameters, and then this method will throw an error +if you don't specify them. + +================== ======= ==================================================== +name type description +================== ======= ==================================================== +**product** string The name of the product the bug is being filed + against. +**component** string The name of a component in the product above. +**summary** string A brief description of the bug being filed. +**version** string A version of the product above; the version the + bug was found in. +description string (defaulted) The initial description for this bug. + Some Bugzilla installations require this to not be + blank. +op_sys string (defaulted) The operating system the bug was + discovered on. +platform string (defaulted) What type of hardware the bug was + experienced on. +priority string (defaulted) What order the bug will be fixed in by + the developer, compared to the developer's other + bugs. +severity string (defaulted) How severe the bug is. +alias array One or more brief aliases for the bug that can be + used instead of a bug number when accessing this bug. + Must be unique in all of this Bugzilla. +assigned_to string A user to assign this bug to, if you don't want it + to be assigned to the component owner. +cc array An array of usernames to CC on this bug. +comment_is_private boolean If set to true, the description is private, + otherwise it is assumed to be public. +groups array An array of group names to put this bug into. You + can see valid group names on the Permissions tab of + the Preferences screen, or, if you are an + administrator, in the Groups control panel. If you + don't specify this argument, then the bug will be + added into all the groups that are set as being + "Default" for this product. (If you want to avoid + that, you should specify ``groups`` as an empty + array.) +qa_contact string If this installation has QA Contacts enabled, you + can set the QA Contact here if you don't want to + use the component's default QA Contact. +status string The status that this bug should start out as. Note + that only certain statuses can be set on bug + creation. +resolution string If you are filing a closed bug, then you will have + to specify a resolution. You cannot currently + specify a resolution of ``DUPLICATE`` for new + bugs, though. That must be done with + :ref:`rest_update_bug`. +target_milestone string A valid target milestone for this product. +flags array Flags objects to add to the bug. The object format + is described in the Flag object below. +================== ======= ==================================================== + +Flag object: + +To create a flag, at least the ``status`` and the ``type_id`` or ``name`` must +be provided. An optional requestee can be passed if the flag type is requestable +to a specific user. + +========= ====== ============================================================== +name type description +========= ====== ============================================================== +name string The name of the flag type. +type_id int The internal flag type ID. +status string The flags new status (i.e. "?", "+", "-" or "X" to clear flag). +requestee string The login of the requestee if the flag type is requestable + to a specific user. +========= ====== ============================================================== + +In addition to the above parameters, if your installation has any custom +fields, you can set them just by passing in the name of the field and +its value as a string. + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "id" : 12345 + } + +==== ==== ====================================== +name type description +==== ==== ====================================== +id int This is the ID of the newly-filed bug. +==== ==== ====================================== + +.. _rest_update_bug: + +Update Bug +---------- + +Allows you to update the fields of a bug. Automatically sends emails +out about the changes. + +**Request** + +To update the fields of a current bug. + +.. code-block:: text + + PUT /rest/bug/(id_or_alias) + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [35], + "status" : "IN_PROGRESS", + "keywords" : { + "add" : ["funny", "stupid"] + } + } + +The params to include in the PUT body as well as the returned data format, +are the same as below. You can specify the ID or alias of the bug to update +either in the URL path and/or in the ``ids`` param. You can use both and they +will be combined so you can edit more than one bug at a time. + +=============== ===== ========================================================= +name type description +=============== ===== ========================================================= +**id_or_alias** mixed An integer bug ID or alias. +**ids** array The IDs or aliases of the bugs that you want to modify. +=============== ===== ========================================================= + +All following fields specify the values you want to set on the bugs you are +updating. + +===================== ======= ================================================= +name type description +===================== ======= ================================================= +alias object These specify the aliases of a bug that can be + used instead of a bug number when acessing this + bug. To set these, you should pass a hash as the + value. The object may contain the following + items: + + * ``add`` (array) Aliases to add to this field. + * ``remove`` (array) Aliases to remove from this + field. If the aliases are not already in the + field, they will be ignored. + * ``set`` (array) An exact set of aliases to set + this field to, overriding the current value. + If you specify ``set``, then ``add`` and + ``remove`` will be ignored. + + You can only set this if you are modifying a + single bug. If there is more than one bug + specified in ``ids``, passing in a value for + ``alias`` will cause an error to be thrown. + + For backwards compatibility, you can also + specify a single string. This will be treated as + if you specified the set key above. +assigned_to string The full login name of the user this bug is + assigned to. +blocks object (Same as ``depends_on`` below) +depends_on object These specify the bugs that this bug blocks or + depends on, respectively. To set these, you + should pass an object as the value. The object + may contain the following items: + + * ``add`` (array) Bug IDs to add to this field. + * ``remove`` (array) Bug IDs to remove from this + field. If the bug IDs are not already in the + field, they will be ignored. + * ``set`` (array of) An exact set of bug IDs to + set this field to, overriding the current + value. If you specify ``set``, then ``add`` + and ``remove`` will be ignored. +cc object The users on the cc list. To modify this field, + pass an object, which may have the following + items: + + * ``add`` (array) User names to add to the CC + list. They must be full user names, and an + error will be thrown if you pass in an invalid + user name. + * ``remove`` (array) User names to remove from + the CC list. They must be full user names, and + an error will be thrown if you pass in an + invalid user name. +is_cc_accessible boolean Whether or not users in the CC list are allowed + to access the bug, even if they aren't in a group + that can normally access the bug. +comment object A comment on the change. The object may contain + the following items: + + * ``body`` (string) The actual text of the + comment. For compatibility with the parameters + to :ref:`rest_add_comment`, you can also call + this field ``comment``, if you want. + * ``is_private`` (boolean) Whether the comment is + private or not. If you try to make a comment + private and you don't have the permission to, + an error will be thrown. +comment_is_private object This is how you update the privacy of comments + that are already on a bug. This is a object, + where the keys are the ``int`` ID of comments + (not their count on a bug, like #1, #2, #3, but + their globally-unique ID, as returned by + :ref:`rest_comments` and the value is a + ``boolean`` which specifies whether that comment + should become private (``true``) or public + (``false``). + + The comment IDs must be valid for the bug being + updated. Thus, it is not practical to use this + while updating multiple bugs at once, as a single + comment ID will never be valid on multiple bugs. +component string The Component the bug is in. +deadline date The Deadline field is a date specifying when the + bug must be completed by, in the format + ``YYYY-MM-DD``. +dupe_of int The bug that this bug is a duplicate of. If you + want to mark a bug as a duplicate, the safest + thing to do is to set this value and *not* set + the ``status`` or ``resolutio`` fields. They will + automatically be set by Bugzilla to the + appropriate values for duplicate bugs. +estimated_time double The total estimate of time required to fix the + bug, in hours. This is the *total* estimate, not + the amount of time remaining to fix it. +flags array An array of Flag change objects. The items needed + are described below. +groups object The groups a bug is in. To modify this field, + pass an object, which may have the following + items: + + * ``add`` (array) The names of groups to add. + Passing in an invalid group name or a group + that you cannot add to this bug will cause an + error to be thrown. + * ``remove`` (array) The names of groups to + remove. Passing in an invalid group name or a + group that you cannot remove from this bug + will cause an error to be thrown. +keywords object Keywords on the bug. To modify this field, pass + an object, which may have the following items: + + * ``add`` (array) The names of keywords to add + to the field on the bug. Passing something that + isn't a valid keyword name will cause an error + to be thrown. + * ``remove`` (array) The names of keywords to + remove from the field on the bug. Passing + something that isn't a valid keyword name will + cause an error to be thrown. + * ``set`` (array) An exact set of keywords to set + the field to, on the bug. Passing something + that isn't a valid keyword name will cause an + error to be thrown. Specifying ``set`` + overrides ``add`` and ``remove``. +op_sys string The Operating System ("OS") field on the bug. +platform string The Platform or "Hardware" field on the bug. +priority string The Priority field on the bug. +product string The name of the product that the bug is in. If + you change this, you will probably also want to + change ``target_milestone``, ``version``, and + ``component``, since those have different legal + values in every product. + + If you cannot change the ``target_milestone`` + field, it will be reset to the default for the + product, when you move a bug to a new product. + + You may also wish to add or remove groups, as + which groups are + valid on a bug depends on the product. Groups + that are not valid in the new product will be + automatically removed, and groups which are + mandatory in the new product will be automaticaly + added, but no other automatic group changes will + be done. + + .. note:: + Users can only move a bug into a product if + they would normally have permission to file + new bugs in that product. +qa_contact string The full login name of the bug's QA Contact. +is_creator_accessible boolean Whether or not the bug's reporter is allowed + to access the bug, even if they aren't in a group + that can normally access the bug. +remaining_time double How much work time is remaining to fix the bug, + in hours. If you set ``work_time`` but don't + explicitly set ``remaining_time``, then the + ``work_time`` will be deducted from the bug's + ``remaining_time``. +reset_assigned_to boolean If true, the ``assigned_to`` field will be + reset to the default for the component that the + bug is in. (If you have set the component at the + same time as using this, then the component used + will be the new component, not the old one.) +reset_qa_contact boolean If true, the ``qa_contact`` field will be reset + to the default for the component that the bug is + in. (If you have set the component at the same + time as using this, then the component used will + be the new component, not the old one.) +resolution string The current resolution. May only be set if you + are closing a bug or if you are modifying an + already-closed bug. Attempting to set the + resolution to *any* value (even an empty or null + string) on an open bug will cause an error to be + thrown. + + .. note:: + If you change the ``status`` field to an open + status, the resolution field will automatically + be cleared, so you don't have to clear it + manually. +see_also object The See Also field on a bug, specifying URLs to + bugs in other bug trackers. To modify this field, + pass an object, which may have the following + items: + + * ``add`` (array) URLs to add to the field. Each + URL must be a valid URL to a bug-tracker, or + an error will be thrown. + * ``remove`` (array) URLs to remove from the + field. Invalid URLs will be ignored. +severity string The Severity field of a bug. +status string The status you want to change the bug to. Note + that if a bug is changing from open to closed, + you should also specify a ``resolution``. +summary string The Summary field of the bug. +target_milestone string The bug's Target Milestone. +url string The "URL" field of a bug. +version string The bug's Version field. +whiteboard string The Status Whiteboard field of a bug. +work_time double The number of hours worked on this bug as part + of this change. + If you set ``work_time`` but don't explicitly + set ``remaining_time``, then the ``work_time`` + will be deducted from the bug's ``remaining_time``. +===================== ======= ================================================= + +You can also set the value of any custom field by passing its name as +a parameter, and the value to set the field to. For multiple-selection +fields, the value should be an array of strings. + +Flag change object: + +The following values can be specified. At least the ``status`` and one of +``type_id``, ``id``, or ``name`` must be specified. If a ``type_id`` or +``name`` matches a single currently set flag, the flag will be updated unless +``new`` is specified. + +========== ======= ============================================================ +name type description +========== ======= ============================================================ +name string The name of the flag that will be created or updated. +type_id int The internal flag type ID that will be created or updated. + You will need to specify the ``type_id`` if more than one + flag type of the same name exists. +**status** string The flags new status (i.e. "?", "+", "-" or "X" to clear a + flag). +requestee string The login of the requestee if the flag type is requestable + to a specific user. +id int Use ID to specify the flag to be updated. You will need to + specify the ``id`` if more than one flag is set of the same + name. +new boolean Set to true if you specifically want a new flag to be + created. +========== ======= ============================================================ + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "bugs" : [ + { + "alias" : [], + "changes" : { + "keywords" : { + "added" : "funny, stupid", + "removed" : "" + }, + "status" : { + "added" : "IN_PROGRESS", + "removed" : "CONFIRMED" + } + }, + "id" : 35, + "last_change_time" : "2014-09-29T14:25:35Z" + } + ] + } + +``bugs`` (array) This points to an array of objects with the following items: + +================ ======== ===================================================== +name type description +================ ======== ===================================================== +id int The ID of the bug that was updated. +alias array The aliases of the bug that was updated, if this bug + has any alias. +last_change_time datetime The exact time that this update was done at, for + this bug. If no update was done (that is, no fields + had their values changed and no comment was added) + then this will instead be the last time the bug was + updated. +changes object The changes that were actually done on this bug. The + keys are the names of the fields that were changed, + and the values are an object with two keys: + + * ``added`` (string) The values that were added to + this field, possibly a comma-and-space-separated + list if multiple values were added. + * ``removed`` (string) The values that were removed + from this field, possibly a + comma-and-space-separated list if multiple values + were removed. +================ ======== ===================================================== + +Currently, some fields are not tracked in changes: ``comment``, +``comment_is_private``, and ``work_time``. This means that they will not +show up in the return value even if they were successfully updated. +This may change in a future version of Bugzilla. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bugzilla.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bugzilla.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dd40e0cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/bugzilla.rst @@ -0,0 +1,302 @@ +Bugzilla Information +==================== + +These methods are used to get general configuration information about this +Bugzilla instance. + +Version +------- + +Returns the current version of Bugzilla. Normally in the format of ``X.X`` or +``X.X.X``. For example, ``4.4`` for the initial release of a new branch. Or +``4.4.6`` for a minor release on the same branch. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/version + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "version": "4.5.5+" + } + +======= ====== ========================================= +name type description +======= ====== ========================================= +version string The current version of this Bugzilla +======= ====== ========================================= + +Extensions +---------- + +Gets information about the extensions that are currently installed and enabled +in this Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/extensions + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "extensions": { + "Voting": { + "version": "4.5.5+" + }, + "BmpConvert": { + "version": "1.0" + } + } + } + +========== ====== ==================================================== +name type description +========== ====== ==================================================== +extensions object An object containing the extensions enabled as keys. + Each extension object contains the following keys: + + * ``version`` (string) The version of the extension. +========== ====== ==================================================== + +Timezone +-------- + +Returns the timezone in which Bugzilla expects to receive dates and times on the API. +Currently hard-coded to UTC ("+0000"). This is unlikely to change. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/timezone + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "timezone": "+0000" + } + +**Response** + +======== ====== =============================================================== +name type description +======== ====== =============================================================== +timezone string The timezone offset as a string in (+/-)XXXX (RFC 2822) format. +======== ====== =============================================================== + +Time +---- + +Gets information about what time the Bugzilla server thinks it is, and +what timezone it's running in. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/time + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "web_time_utc": "2014-09-26T18:01:30Z", + "db_time": "2014-09-26T18:01:30Z", + "web_time": "2014-09-26T18:01:30Z", + "tz_offset": "+0000", + "tz_short_name": "UTC", + "tz_name": "UTC" + } + +============= ====== ========================================================== +name type description +============= ====== ========================================================== +db_time string The current time in UTC, according to the Bugzilla + database server. + + Note that Bugzilla assumes that the database and the + webserver are running in the same time zone. However, + if the web server and the database server aren't + synchronized or some reason, *this* is the time that + you should rely on or doing searches and other input + to the WebService. +web_time string This is the current time in UTC, according to + Bugzilla's web server. + + This might be different by a second from ``db_time`` + since this comes from a different source. If it's any + more different than a second, then there is likely + some problem with this Bugzilla instance. In this + case you should rely on the ``db_time``, not the + ``web_time``. +web_time_utc string Identical to ``web_time``. (Exists only for + backwards-compatibility with versions of Bugzilla + before 3.6.) +tz_name string The literal string ``UTC``. (Exists only for + backwards-compatibility with versions of Bugzilla + before 3.6.) +tz_short_name string The literal string ``UTC``. (Exists only for + backwards-compatibility with versions of Bugzilla + before 3.6.) +tz_offset string The literal string ``+0000``. (Exists only for + backwards-compatibility with versions of Bugzilla + before 3.6.) +============= ====== ========================================================== + +Parameters +---------- + +Returns parameter values currently used in this Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/parameters + +**Response** + +Example response for anonymous user: + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "parameters" : { + "maintainer" : "admin@example.com", + "requirelogin" : "0" + } + } + +Example response for authenticated user: + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "parameters" : { + "allowemailchange" : "1", + "attachment_base" : "http://bugzilla.example.com/", + "commentonchange_resolution" : "0", + "commentonduplicate" : "0", + "cookiepath" : "/", + "createemailregexp" : ".*", + "defaultopsys" : "", + "defaultplatform" : "", + "defaultpriority" : "--", + "defaultseverity" : "normal", + "duplicate_or_move_bug_status" : "RESOLVED", + "emailregexp" : "^[\\w\\.\\+\\-=']+@[\\w\\.\\-]+\\.[\\w\\-]+$", + "emailsuffix" : "", + "letsubmitterchoosemilestone" : "1", + "letsubmitterchoosepriority" : "1", + "mailfrom" : "bugzilla-daemon@example.com", + "maintainer" : "admin@example.com", + "maxattachmentsize" : "1000", + "maxlocalattachment" : "0", + "musthavemilestoneonaccept" : "0", + "noresolveonopenblockers" : "0", + "password_complexity" : "no_constraints", + "rememberlogin" : "on", + "requirelogin" : "0", + "urlbase" : "http://bugzilla.example.com/", + "use_see_also" : "1", + "useclassification" : "1", + "usemenuforusers" : "0", + "useqacontact" : "1", + "usestatuswhiteboard" : "1", + "usetargetmilestone" : "1", + } + } + +A logged-out user can only access the ``maintainer`` and ``requirelogin`` +parameters. + +A logged-in user can access the following parameters (listed alphabetically): + +* allowemailchange +* attachment_base +* commentonchange_resolution +* commentonduplicate +* cookiepath +* defaultopsys +* defaultplatform +* defaultpriority +* defaultseverity +* duplicate_or_move_bug_status +* emailregexpdesc +* emailsuffix +* letsubmitterchoosemilestone +* letsubmitterchoosepriority +* mailfrom +* maintainer +* maxattachmentsize +* maxlocalattachment +* musthavemilestoneonaccept +* noresolveonopenblockers +* password_complexity +* rememberlogin +* requirelogin +* search_allow_no_criteria +* urlbase +* use_see_also +* useclassification +* usemenuforusers +* useqacontact +* usestatuswhiteboard +* usetargetmilestone + +A user in the tweakparams group can access all existing parameters. +New parameters can appear or obsolete parameters can disappear depending +on the version of Bugzilla and on extensions being installed. +The list of parameters returned by this method is not stable and will +never be stable. + +Last Audit Time +--------------- + +Gets the most recent timestamp among all of the events recorded in the audit_log +table. + +**Request** + +To get most recent audit timestamp for all classes: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/last_audit_time + +To get the the most recent audit timestamp for the ``Bugzilla::Product`` class: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/last_audit_time?class=Bugzilla::Product + +===== ===== =================================================================== +name type description +===== ===== =================================================================== +class array The class names are defined as ``Bugzilla::<class_name>"`` such as + Bugzilla:Product`` for products. +===== ===== =================================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "last_audit_time": "2014-09-23T18:03:38Z" + } + +=============== ====== ==================================================== +name type description +=============== ====== ==================================================== +last_audit_time string The maximum of the at_time from the audit_log. +=============== ====== ==================================================== diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/classification.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/classification.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef5e58d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/classification.rst @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +Classifications +=============== + +This part of the Bugzilla API allows you to deal with the available +classifications. You will be able to get information about them as well as +manipulate them. + +.. _rest_get_classification: + +Get Classification +------------------ + +Returns an object containing information about a set of classifications. + +**Request** + +To return information on a single classification using the ID or name: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/classification/(id_or_name) + +============== ===== ===================================== +name type description +============== ===== ===================================== +**id_or_name** mixed An Integer classification ID or name. +============== ===== ===================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "classifications": [ + { + "sort_key": 0, + "description": "Unassigned to any classifications", + "products": [ + { + "id": 2, + "name": "FoodReplicator", + "description": "Software that controls a piece of hardware that will create any food item through a voice interface." + }, + { + "description": "Silk, etc.", + "name": "Spider Secretions", + "id": 4 + } + ], + "id": 1, + "name": "Unclassified" + } + ] + } + +``classifications`` (array) Each object is a classification that the user is +authorized to see and has the following items: + +=========== ====== ============================================================ +name type description +=========== ====== ============================================================ +id int The ID of the classification. +name string The name of the classification. +description string The description of the classificaion. +sort_key int The value which determines the order the classification is + sorted. +products array Products the user is authorized to + access within the classification. Each hash has the + following keys: +=========== ====== ============================================================ + +Product object: + +=========== ====== ================================ +name type description +=========== ====== ================================ +name string The name of the product. +id int The ID of the product. +description string The description of the product. +=========== ====== ================================ diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/comment.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/comment.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60fabb93b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/comment.rst @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +Comments +======== + +.. _rest_comments: + +Get Comments +------------ + +This allows you to get data about comments, given a bug ID or comment ID. + +**Request** + +To get all comments for a particular bug using the bug ID or alias: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/(id_or_alias)/comment + +To get a specific comment based on the comment ID: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/comment/(comment_id) + +=============== ======== ====================================================== +name type description +=============== ======== ====================================================== +**id_or_alias** mixed A single integer bug ID or alias. +**comment_id** int A single integer comment ID. +new_since datetime If specified, the method will only return comments + *newer* than this time. This only affects comments + returned from the ``ids`` argument. You will always be + returned all comments you request in the + ``comment_ids`` argument, even if they are older than + this date. +=============== ======== ====================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "bugs": { + "35": { + "comments": [ + { + "time": "2000-07-25T13:50:04Z", + "text": "test bug to fix problem in removing from cc list.", + "bug_id": 35, + "count": 0, + "attachment_id": null, + "is_private": false, + "tags": [], + "creator": "user@bugzilla.org", + "creation_time": "2000-07-25T13:50:04Z", + "id": 75 + } + ] + } + }, + "comments": {} + } + +Two items are returned: + +``bugs`` This is used for bugs specified in ``ids``. This is an object, +where the keys are the numeric IDs of the bugs, and the value is +a object with a single key, ``comments``, which is an array of comments. +(The format of comments is described below.) + +Any individual bug will only be returned once, so if you specify an ID +multiple times in ``ids``, it will still only be returned once. + +``comments`` Each individual comment requested in ``comment_ids`` is +returned here, in a object where the numeric comment ID is the key, +and the value is the comment. (The format of comments is described below.) + +A "comment" as described above is a object that contains the following items: + +============= ======== ======================================================== +name type description +============= ======== ======================================================== +id int The globally unique ID for the comment. +bug_id int The ID of the bug that this comment is on. +attachment_id int If the comment was made on an attachment, this will be + the ID of that attachment. Otherwise it will be null. +count int The number of the comment local to the bug. The + Description is 0, comments start with 1. +text string The actual text of the comment. +creator string The login name of the comment's author. +time datetime The time (in Bugzilla's timezone) that the comment was + added. +creation_time datetime This is exactly same as the ``time`` key. Use this + field instead of ``time`` for consistency with other + methods including :ref:`rest_single_bug` and + :ref:`rest_attachments`. + + For compatibility, ``time`` is still usable. However, + please note that ``time`` may be deprecated and removed + in a future release. + +is_private boolean ``true`` if this comment is private (only visible to a + certain group called the "insidergroup"), ``false`` + otherwise. +============= ======== ======================================================== + +.. _rest_add_comment: + +Create Comments +--------------- + +This allows you to add a comment to a bug in Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +To create a comment on a current bug. + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/bug/(id)/comment + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [123,..], + "comment" : "This is an additional comment", + "is_private" : false + } + +``ids`` is optional in the data example above and can be used to specify adding +a comment to more than one bug at the same time. + +=========== ======= =========================================================== +name type description +=========== ======= =========================================================== +**id** int The ID or alias of the bug to append a comment to. +ids array List of integer bug IDs to add the comment to. +**comment** string The comment to append to the bug. If this is empty + or all whitespace, an error will be thrown saying that you + did not set the ``comment`` parameter. +is_private boolean If set to true, the comment is private, otherwise it is + assumed to be public. +work_time double Adds this many hours to the "Hours Worked" on the bug. + If you are not in the time tracking group, this value will + be ignored. +=========== ======= =========================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "id" : 789 + } + +==== ==== ================================= +name type description +==== ==== ================================= +id int ID of the newly-created comment. +==== ==== ================================= + +.. _rest_search_comment_tags: + +Search Comment Tags +------------------- + +Searches for tags which contain the provided substring. + +**Request** + +To search for comment tags: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/comment/tags/(query) + +Example: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/bug/comment/tags/spa + +========= ====== ==================================================== +name type description +========= ====== ==================================================== +**query** string Only tags containg this substring will be returned. +limit int If provided will return no more than ``limit`` tags. + Defaults to ``10``. +========= ====== ==================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + [ + "spam" + ] + +An array of matching tags. + +.. _rest_update_comment_tags: + +Update Comment Tags +------------------- + +Adds or removes tags from a comment. + +**Request** + +To update the tags comments attached to a comment: + +.. code-block:: text + + PUT /rest/bug/comment/(comment_id)/tags + +Example: + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "comment_id" : 75, + "add" : ["spam", "bad"] + } + +============== ===== ==================================== +name type description +============== ===== ==================================== +**comment_id** int The ID of the comment to update. +add array The tags to attach to the comment. +remove array The tags to detach from the comment. +============== ===== ==================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + [ + "bad", + "spam" + ] + +An array of strings containing the comment's updated tags. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/component.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/component.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aceada1a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/component.rst @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +Components +========== + +This part of the Bugzilla API allows you to deal with the available product +components. You will be able to get information about them as well as manipulate +them. + +Create Component +---------------- + +This allows you to create a new component in Bugzilla. You must be authenticated +and be in the *editcomponents* group to perform this action. + +**Request** + +To create a new component: + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/component + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "product" : "TestProduct", + "name" : "New Component", + "description" : "This is a new component", + "default_assignee" : "dkl@mozilla.com" + } + +Some params must be set, or an error will be thrown. These params are +shown in **bold**. + +==================== ======= ================================================== +name type description +==================== ======= ================================================== +**name** string The name of the new component. +**product** string The name of the product that the component must + be added to. This product must already exist, and + the user have the necessary permissions to edit + components for it. +**description** string The description of the new component. +**default_assignee** string The login name of the default assignee of the + component. +default_cc array Each string representing one login name of the + default CC list. +default_qa_contact string The login name of the default QA contact for the + component. +is_open boolean 1 if you want to enable the component for bug + creations. 0 otherwise. Default is 1. +==================== ======= ================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "id": 27 + } + +==== ==== ======================================== +name type description +==== ==== ======================================== +id int The ID of the newly-added component. +==== ==== ======================================== diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/field.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/field.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d97aa3050 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/field.rst @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +Bug Fields +========== + +The Bugzilla API for getting details about bug fields. + +.. _rest_fields: + +Fields +------ + +Get information about valid bug fields, including the lists of legal values +for each field. + +**Request** + +To get information about all fields: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/field/bug + +To get information related to a single field: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/field/bug/(id_or_name) + +========== ===== ========================================================== +name type description +========== ===== ========================================================== +id_or_name mixed An integer field ID or string representing the field name. +========== ===== ========================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "fields": [ + { + "display_name": "Priority", + "name": "priority", + "type": 2, + "is_mandatory": false, + "value_field": null, + "values": [ + { + "sortkey": 100, + "sort_key": 100, + "visibility_values": [], + "name": "P1" + }, + { + "sort_key": 200, + "name": "P2", + "visibility_values": [], + "sortkey": 200 + }, + { + "sort_key": 300, + "visibility_values": [], + "name": "P3", + "sortkey": 300 + }, + { + "sort_key": 400, + "name": "P4", + "visibility_values": [], + "sortkey": 400 + }, + { + "name": "P5", + "visibility_values": [], + "sort_key": 500, + "sortkey": 500 + } + ], + "visibility_values": [], + "visibility_field": null, + "is_on_bug_entry": false, + "is_custom": false, + "id": 13 + } + ] + } + +``field`` (array) Field objects each containing the following items: + +================= ======= ===================================================== +name type description +================= ======= ===================================================== +id int An integer ID uniquely identifying this field in this + installation only. +type int The number of the fieldtype. The following values are + defined: + + * ``0`` Field type unknown + * ``1`` Single-line string field + * ``2`` Single value field + * ``3`` Multiple value field + * ``4`` Multi-line text value + * ``5`` Date field with time + * ``6`` Bug ID field + * ``7`` See Also field + * ``8`` Keywords field + * ``9`` Date field + * ``10`` Integer field + +is_custom boolean ``true`` when this is a custom field, ``false`` + otherwise. +name string The internal name of this field. This is a unique + identifier for this field. If this is not a custom + field, then this name will be the same across all + Bugzilla installations. +display_name string The name of the field, as it is shown in the user + interface. +is_mandatory boolean ``true`` if the field must have a value when filing + new bugs. Also, mandatory fields cannot have their + value cleared when updating bugs. +is_on_bug_entry boolean For custom fields, this is ``true`` if the field is + shown when you enter a new bug. For standard fields, + this is currently always ``false``, even if the field + shows up when entering a bug. (To know whether or not + a standard field is valid on bug entry, see + :ref:`rest_create_bug`. +visibility_field string The name of a field that controls the visibility of + this field in the user interface. This field only + appears in the user interface when the named field is + equal to one of the values is ``visibility_values``. + Can be null. +visibility_values array This field is only shown when ``visibility_field`` + matches one of these string values. When + ``visibility_field`` is null, then this is an empty + array. +value_field string The name of the field that controls whether or not + particular values of the field are shown in the user + interface. Can be null. +values array Objects representing the legal values for + select-type (drop-down and multiple-selection) + fields. This is also populated for the + ``component``, ``version``, ``target_milestone``, + and ``keywords`` fields, but not for the ``product`` + field (you must use ``get_accessible_products`` for + that). For fields that aren't select-type fields, + this will simply be an empty array. Each object + contains the items described in the Value object + below. +================= ======= ===================================================== + +Value object: + +================= ======= ===================================================== +name type description +================= ======= ===================================================== +name string The actual value--this is what you would specify for + this field in ``create``, etc. +sort_key int Values, when displayed in a list, are sorted first by + this integer and then secondly by their name. +visibility_values array If ``value_field`` is defined for this field, then + this value is only shown if the ``value_field`` is + set to one of the values listed in this array. Note + that for per-product fields, ``value_field`` is set + to ``product`` and ``visibility_values`` will reflect + which product(s) this value appears in. +is_active boolean This value is defined only for certain + product-specific fields such as version, + target_milestone or component. When true, the value + is active; otherwise the value is not active. +description string The description of the value. This item is only + included for the ``keywords`` field. +is_open boolean For ``bug_status`` values, determines whether this + status specifies that the bug is "open" (``true``) + or "closed" (``false``). This item is only included + for the ``bug_status`` field. +can_change_to array For ``bug_status`` values, this is an array of + objects that determine which statuses you can + transition to from this status. (This item is only + included for the ``bug_status`` field.) + + Each object contains the following items: + + * name: (string) The name of the new status + * comment_required: (boolean) ``true`` if a comment + is required when you change a bug into this status + using this transition. +================= ======= ===================================================== + +.. _rest_legal_values: + +Legal Values +------------ + +**DEPRECATED** Use ''Fields'' instead. + +Tells you what values are allowed for a particular field. + +**Request** + +To get information on the values for a field based on field name: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/field/bug/(field)/values + +To get information based on field name and a specific product: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/field/bug/(field)/(product_id)/values + +========== ====== ============================================================= +name type description +========== ====== ============================================================= +field string The name of the field you want information about. + This should be the same as the name you would use in + :ref:`rest_create_bug`, below. +product_id int If you're picking a product-specific field, you have to + specify the ID of the product you want the values for. +========== ====== ============================================================= + +**Resppnse** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "values": [ + "P1", + "P2", + "P3", + "P4", + "P5" + ] + } + +========== ====== ============================================================= +name type description +========== ====== ============================================================= +values array The legal values for this field. The values will be sorted + as they normally would be in Bugzilla. +========== ====== ============================================================= diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/flagtype.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/flagtype.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..994ac27c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/flagtype.rst @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +Flag Types +========== + +This part of the Bugzilla API allows you to get and create bug and attachment +flags. + +.. _rest_flagtype_get: + +Get Flag Type +------------- + +Get information about valid flag types that can be set for bugs and attachments. + +**Request** + +To get information about all flag types for a product: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/flag_type/(product) + +To get information about flag_types for a product and component: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/flag_type/(product)/(component) + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "bug": [ + { + "is_multiplicable": false, + "is_requesteeble": false, + "values": [ + "X", + "?", + "+", + "-" + ], + "id": 11, + "type": "bug", + "is_active": true, + "description": "Blocks the next release", + "name": "blocker" + }, + { + "is_requesteeble": false, + "is_multiplicable": false, + "is_active": true, + "description": "Regression found?", + "name": "regression", + "id": 10, + "type": "bug", + "values": [ + "X", + "?", + "+", + "-" + ] + }, + ], + "attachment": [ + { + "is_requesteeble": true, + "is_multiplicable": true, + "name": "review", + "is_active": true, + "description": "Review the patch for correctness and applicability to the problem.", + "type": "attachment", + "id": 1, + "values": [ + "X", + "?", + "+", + "-" + ] + }, + { + "name": "approval", + "description": "Approve the patch for check-in to the tree.", + "is_active": true, + "values": [ + "X", + "?", + "+", + "-" + ], + "type": "attachment", + "id": 3, + "is_multiplicable": false, + "is_requesteeble": false + } + ] + } + +You must pass a product name and an optional component name. If the product or +component names contains a ``/`` character, up will need to url encode it. + +=========== ====== ============================================================ +name type description +=========== ====== ============================================================ +**product** string The name of a valid product. +component string An optional valid component name associated with the + product. +=========== ====== ============================================================ + +**Response** + +An object containing two items, ``bug`` and ``attachment``. Each value is an +array of objects, containing the following items: + +================ ======= ====================================================== +name type description +================ ======= ====================================================== +id int An integer ID uniquely identifying this flag type. +name string The name for the flag type. +type string The target of the flag type which is either ``bug`` + or ``attachment``. +description string The description of the flag type. +values array String values that the user can set on the flag type. +is_requesteeble boolean Users can ask specific other users to set flags of + this type. +is_multiplicable boolean Multiple flags of this type can be set for the same + bug or attachment. +================ ======= ====================================================== + +Create Flag Type +---------------- + +Create a new flag type. You must be authenticated and be in the *editcomponents* +group to perform this action. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/flag_type + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "name" : "feedback", + "description" : "This attachment needs feedback", + "inclusions" : [ "WorldControl "], + "target_type" : "attachment" + } + +Some params must be set, or an error will be thrown. The required params are +marked in **bold**. + +=========================== ======= =========================================== +name type description +=========================== ======= =========================================== +**name** string The name of the new flag type. +**description** string A description for the flag type. +target_type string The new flag is either for a ``bug`` or an + ``attachment``. +inclusions array An array of strings or an object containing + product names, and optionally component + names. If you provide a string, the flag + type will be shown on all bugs in that + product. If you provide an object, the key + represents the product name, and the value + is the components of the product to be + included. +exclusions array An array of strings or an object containing + product names. This uses the same format as + ``inclusions``. This will exclude the flag + from all products and components specified. +sortkey int A number between 1 and 32767 by which this + type will be sorted when displayed to users + in a list; ignore if you don't care what + order the types appear in or if you want + them to appear in alphabetical order. +is_active boolean Flag of this type appear in the UI and can + be set. Default is ``true``. +is_requestable boolean Users can ask for flags of this type to be + set. Default is ``true``. +cc_list array If the flag type is requestable, who should + receive e-mail notification of requests. + This is an array of e-mail addresses which\ + do not need to be Bugzilla logins. +is_specifically_requestable boolean Users can ask specific other users to + set flags of this type as opposed to just + asking the wind. Default is ``true``. +is_multiplicable boolean Multiple flags of this type can be set on + the same bug. Default is ``true``. +grant_group string The group allowed to grant/deny flags of + this type (to allow all users to grant/deny + these flags, select no group). Default is + no group. +request_group string If flags of this type are requestable, the + group allowed to request them (to allow all + users to request these flags, select no + group). Note that the request group alone + has no effect if the grant group is not + defined! Default is no group. +=========================== ======= =========================================== + +An example for ``inclusions`` and/or ``exclusions``: + +.. code-block:: js + + [ + "FooProduct" + ] + + { + "BarProduct" : [ "C1", "C3" ], + "BazProduct" : [ "C7" ] + } + +This flag will be added to **all** components of ``FooProduct``, components C1 +and C3 of ``BarProduct``, and C7 of ``BazProduct``. + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "id": 13 + } + +======= ==== ============================================== +name type description +======= ==== ============================================== +flag_id int ID of the new FlagType object is returned. +======= ==== ============================================== + +.. _rest_flagtype_update: + +Update Flag Type +---------------- + +This allows you to update a flag type in Bugzilla. You must be authenticated +and be in the *editcomponents* group to perform this action. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + PUT /rest/flag_type/(id_or_name) + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [13], + "name" : "feedback-new", + "is_requestable" : false + } + +You can edit a single flag type by passing the ID or name of the flag type +in the URL. To edit more than one flag type, you can specify addition IDs or +flag type names using the ``ids`` or ``names`` parameters respectively. + +One of the below must be specified. + +============== ===== ========================================================== +name type description +============== ===== ========================================================== +**id_or_name** mixed Integer flag type ID or name. +**ids** array Numeric IDs of the flag types that you wish to update. +**names** array Names of the flag types that you wish to update. If many + flag types have the same name, this will change **all** + of them. +============== ===== ========================================================== + +The following parameters specify the new values you want to set for the flag +types you are updating. + +=========================== ======= =========================================== +name type description +=========================== ======= =========================================== +name string A short name identifying this type. +description string A comprehensive description of this type. +inclusions array An array of strings or an object containing + product names, and optionally component + names. If you provide a string, the flag + type will be shown on all bugs in that + product. If you provide an object, the key + represents the product name, and the value + is the components of the product to be + included. +exclusions array An array of strings or an object containing + product names. This uses the same format as + ``inclusions``. This will exclude the flag + from all products and components specified. +sortkey int A number between 1 and 32767 by which this + type will be sorted when displayed to users + in a list; ignore if you don't care what + order the types appear in or if you want + them to appear in alphabetical order. +is_active boolean Flag of this type appear in the UI and can + be set. +is_requestable boolean Users can ask for flags of this type to be + set. +cc_list array If the flag type is requestable, who should + receive e-mail notification of requests. + This is an array of e-mail addresses + which do not need to be Bugzilla logins. +is_specifically_requestable boolean Users can ask specific other users to set + flags of this type as opposed to just + asking the wind. +is_multiplicable boolean Multiple flags of this type can be set on + the same bug. +grant_group string The group allowed to grant/deny flags of + this type (to allow all users to grant/deny + these flags, select no group). +request_group string If flags of this type are requestable, the + group allowed to request them (to allow all + users to request these flags, select no + group). Note that the request group alone + has no effect if the grant group is not + defined! +=========================== ======= =========================================== + +An example for ``inclusions`` and/or ``exclusions``: + +.. code-block:: js + + [ + "FooProduct", + ] + + { + "BarProduct" : [ "C1", "C3" ], + "BazProduct" : [ "C7" ] + } + +This flag will be added to **all** components of ``FooProduct``, +components C1 and C3 of ``BarProduct``, and C7 of ``BazProduct``. + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "flagtypes": [ + { + "name": "feedback-new", + "changes": { + "is_requestable": { + "added": "0", + "removed": "1" + }, + "name": { + "removed": "feedback", + "added": "feedback-new" + } + }, + "id": 13 + } + ] + } + +``flagtypes`` (array) Flag change objects containing the following items: + +======= ====== ================================================================ +name type description +======= ====== ================================================================ +id int The ID of the flag type that was updated. +name string The name of the flag type that was updated. +changes object The changes that were actually done on this flag type. + The keys are the names of the fields that were changed, and the + values are an object with two items: + + * added: (string) The value that this field was changed to. + * removed: (string) The value that was previously set in this + field. +======= ====== ================================================================ + +Booleans changes will be represented with the strings '1' and '0'. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/general.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/general.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06ef5b2fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/general.rst @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +General +======= + +This is the standard REST API for external programs that want to interact +with Bugzilla. It provides a REST interface to various Bugzilla functions. + +Basic Information +----------------- + +**Browsing** + +If the ``Accept`` header of a request is set to ``text/html`` (as it is by an +ordinary web browser) then the API will return the JSON data as a HTML +page which the browser can display. In other words, you can play with the +API using just your browser to see results in a human-readable form. +This is a good way to try out the various GET calls, even if you can't use +it for POST or PUT. + +**Data Format** + +The REST API only supports JSON input, and either JSON or JSONP output. +So objects sent and received must be in JSON format. + +On every request, you must set both the ``Accept`` and ``Content-Type`` HTTP +headers to the MIME type of the data format you are using to communicate with +the API. ``Content-Type`` tells the API how to interpret your request, and +``Accept`` tells it how you want your data back. ``Content-Type`` must be +``application/json``. ``Accept`` can be either that, or +``application/javascript`` for JSONP. In the latter`case, add a ``callback`` +parameter to name your callback. + +Parameters may also be passed in as part of the query string for non-GET +requests and will override any matching parameters in the request body. + +Example request which returns the current version of Bugzilla: + +.. code-block:: http + + GET /rest/version HTTP/1.1 + Host: bugzilla.example.com + Accept: application/json + +Example response: + +.. code-block:: http + + HTTP/1.1 200 OK + Vary: Accept + Content-Type: application/json + + { + "version" : "4.2.9+" + } + +**Errors** + +When an error occurs over REST, an object is returned with the key ``error`` +set to ``true``. + +The error contents look similar to: + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "error": true, + "message": "Some message here", + "code": 123 + } + +Common Data Types +----------------- + +The Bugzilla API uses the following various types of parameters: + +======== ====================================================================== + type description +======== ====================================================================== +int Integer. +double A floating-point number. +string A string. +email A string representing an email address. This value, when returned, + may be filtered based on if the user is logged in or not. +date A specific date. Example format: ``YYYY-MM-DD``. +datetime A date/time. Timezone should be in UTC unless otherwise noted. + Example format: ``YYYY-MM-DDTHH24:MI:SSZ``. +boolean ``true`` or ``false``. +base64 A base64-encoded string. This is the only way to transfer + binary data via the API. +array An array. There may be mixed types in an array. ``[`` and ``]`` are + used to represent the beginning and end of arrays. +object A mapping of keys to values. Called a "hash", "dict", or "map" in + some other programming languages. The keys are strings, and the + values can be any type. ``{`` and ``}`` are used to represent the + beginning and end of objects. +======== ====================================================================== + +Parameters that are required will be displayed in **bold** in the parameters +table for each API method. + +Authentication +-------------- + +Some methods do not require you to log in. An example of this is +:ref:`rest_single_bug`. However, authenticating yourself allows you to see +non-public information, for example, a bug that is not publicly visible. + +There are two ways to authenticate yourself: + +**API Keys** + +You can specify ``Bugzilla_api_key`` or simply ``api_key`` as an argument to +any call, and you will be logged in as that user if the key is correct and has +not been revoked. You can set up an API key by using the 'API Key' tab in the +Preferences pages. + +**Login and Password** + +You can specify ``Bugzilla_login`` and ``Bugzilla_password`` or simply +``login`` and ``password`` respectively, as arguments to any call, and you will +be logged in as that user if your credentials are correct. + +====================== ======= ============================================== +name type description +====================== ======= ============================================== +**Bugzilla_login** string A user's login name. +**Bugzilla_password** string That user's password. +Bugzilla_restrictlogin boolean If true, then your login will only be + valid for your IP address. +====================== ======= ============================================== + +The ``Bugzilla_restrictlogin`` option is only used when you have also +specified ``Bugzilla_login`` and ``Bugzilla_password``. + +There is also a deprecated method of authentication described below that will be +removed in the version after Bugzilla 5.0. + +**Bugzilla Tokens** + +You can use :ref:`rest_user_login` to log in as a Bugzilla user. This issues a +token that you must then use in future calls. Just use the value for ``token`` +and pass as either ``Bugzilla_token`` or simply ``token`` as arguments to an +API call. + +================== ====== =================================================== +name type description +================== ====== =================================================== +**Bugzilla_token** string You can specify this as argument to any call, + and you will be logged in as that user if the + token is correct. This is the token returned + when calling :ref:`rest_user_login` mentioned + above. +================== ====== =================================================== + +An error is thrown if you pass an invalid token; you will need to log in again +to get a new token. + +Also starting with Bugzilla 5.0, login cookies are no longer returned by +:ref:`rest_user_login` due to security concerns. + +Useful Parameters +----------------- + +Many calls take common arguments. These are documented below and linked from +the individual calls where these parameters are used. + +**Including Fields** + +Many calls return an array of objects with various fields in the objects. (For +example, :ref:`rest_single_bug` returns a list of ``bugs`` that have fields like +``id``, ``summary``, ``creation_time``, etc.) + +These parameters allow you to limit what fields are present in the objects, to +improve performance or save some bandwidth. + +``include_fields``: The (case-sensitive) names of fields in the response data. +Only the fields specified in the object will be returned, the rest will not be +included. Fields should be comma delimited. + +Invalid field names are ignored. + +Example request to :ref:`rest_user_get`: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/user/1?include_fields=id,name + +would return something like: + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "users" : [ + { + "id" : 1, + "name" : "user@domain.com" + } + ] + } + +**Excluding Fields** + +``exclude_fields``: The (case-sensitive) names of fields in the return value. The\ +fields specified will not be included in the returned hashes. Fields should +be comma delimited. + +Invalid field names are ignored. + +Specifying fields here overrides ``include_fields``, so if you specify a +field in both, it will be excluded, not included. + +Example request to :ref:`rest_user_get`: + +.. code-block:: js + + GET /rest/user/1?exclude_fields=name + +would return something like: + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "users" : [ + { + "id" : 1, + "real_name" : "John Smith" + } + ] + } + +Some calls support specifying "subfields". If a call states that it supports +"subfield" restrictions, you can restrict what information is returned within +the first field. For example, if you call :ref:`rest_product_get` with an +``include_fields`` of ``components.name``, then only the component name would be +returned (and nothing else). You can include the main field, and exclude a +subfield. + +There are several shortcut identifiers to ask for only certain groups of +fields to be returned or excluded: + +========= ===================================================================== +value description +========= ===================================================================== +_all All possible fields are returned if this is specified in + ``include_fields``. +_default Default fields are returned if ``include_fields`` is empty or + this is specified. This is useful if you want the default + fields in addition to a field that is not normally returned. +_extra Extra fields are not returned by default and need to be manually + specified in ``include_fields`` either by exact field name, or adding + ``_extra``. + _custom Custom fields are normally returned by default unless this is added + to ``exclude_fields``. Also you can use it in ``include_fields`` if + for example you want specific field names plus all custom fields. + Custom fields are normally only relevant to bug objects. +========= ===================================================================== diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/group.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/group.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2c595240 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/group.rst @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +Groups +====== + +The API for creating, changing, and getting information about groups. + +.. _rest_group_create: + +Create Group +------------ + +This allows you to create a new group in Bugzilla. You must be authenticated and +be in the *creategroups* group to perform this action. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/group + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "name" : "secret-group", + "description" : "Too secret for you!", + "is_active" : true + } + +Some params must be set, or an error will be thrown. The required params are +marked in **bold**. + +=============== ======= ======================================================= +name type description +=============== ======= ======================================================= +**name** string A short name for this group. Must be unique. This + is not usually displayed in the user interface, except + in a few places. +**description** string A human-readable name for this group. Should be + relatively short. This is what will normally appear in + the UI as the name of the group. +user_regexp string A regular expression. Any user whose Bugzilla username + matches this regular expression will automatically be + granted membership in this group. +is_active boolean ``true`` if new group can be used for bugs, ``false`` + if this is a group that will only contain users and no + bugs will be restricted to it. +icon_url string A URL pointing to a small icon used to identify the + group. This icon will show up next to users' names in + various parts of Bugzilla if they are in this group. +=============== ======= ======================================================= + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "id": 22 + } + +==== ==== ============================== +name type description +==== ==== ============================== +id int ID of the newly-created group. +==== ==== ============================== + +.. _rest_group_update: + +Update Group +------------ + +This allows you to update a group in Bugzilla. You must be authenticated and be +in the *creategroups* group to perform this action. + +**Request** + +To update a group using the group ID or name: + +.. code-block:: text + + PUT /rest/group/(id_or_name) + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "name" : "secret-group", + "description" : "Too secret for you! (updated description)", + "is_active" : false + } + +You can edit a single group by passing the ID or name of the group +in the URL. To edit more than one group, you can specify addition IDs or +group names using the ``ids`` or ``names`` parameters respectively. + +One of the below must be specified. + +============== ===== ========================================================== +name type description +============== ===== ========================================================== +**id_or_name** mixed Integer group or name. +**ids** array IDs of groups to update. +**names** array Names of groups to update. +============== ===== ========================================================== + +The following parameters specify the new values you want to set for the group(s) +you are updating. + +=========== ======= =========================================================== +name type description +=========== ======= =========================================================== +name string A new name for the groups. If you try to set this while + updating more than one group, an error will occur, as + group names must be unique. +description string A new description for the groups. This is what will appear + in the UI as the name of the groups. +user_regexp string A new regular expression for email. Will automatically + grant membership to these groups to anyone with an email + address that matches this perl regular expression. +is_active boolean Set if groups are active and eligible to be used for bugs. + ``true`` if bugs can be restricted to this group, ``false`` + otherwise. +icon_url string A URL pointing to an icon that will appear next to the name + of users who are in this group. +=========== ======= =========================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "groups": [ + { + "changes": { + "description": { + "added": "Too secret for you! (updated description)", + "removed": "Too secret for you!" + }, + "is_active": { + "removed": "1", + "added": "0" + } + }, + "id": "22" + } + ] + } + +``groups`` (array) Group change objects, each containing the following items: + +======= ====== ================================================================ +name type description +======= ====== ================================================================ +id int The ID of the group that was updated. +changes object The changes that were actually done on this group. The + keys are the names of the fields that were changed, and the + values are an object with two items: + + * added: (string) The values that were added to this field, + possibly a comma-and-space-separated list if multiple values + were added. + * removed: (string) The values that were removed from this + field, possibly a comma-and-space-separated list if multiple + values were removed. +======= ====== ================================================================ + +.. _rest_group_get: + +Get Group +--------- + +Returns information about Bugzilla groups. + +**Request** + +To return information about a specific group ID or name: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/group/(id_or_name) + +You can also return information about more than one specific group by using the +following in your query string: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/group?ids=1&ids=2&ids=3 + GET /group?names=ProductOne&names=Product2 + +If neither IDs nor names are passed, and you are in the creategroups or +editusers group, then all groups will be retrieved. Otherwise, only groups +that you have bless privileges for will be returned. + +========== ======= ============================================================ +name type description +========== ======= ============================================================ +id_or_name mixed Integer group ID or name. +ids array Integer IDs of groups. +names array Names of groups. +membership boolean Set to 1 then a list of members of the passed groups names + and IDs will be returned. +========== ======= ============================================================ + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "groups": [ + { + "membership": [ + { + "real_name": "Bugzilla User", + "can_login": true, + "name": "user@bugzilla.org", + "login_denied_text": "", + "id": 85, + "email_enabled": false, + "email": "user@bugzilla.org" + }, + ], + "is_active": true, + "description": "Test Group", + "user_regexp": "", + "is_bug_group": true, + "name": "TestGroup", + "id": 9 + } + ] + } + +If the user is a member of the *creategroups* group they will receive +information about all groups or groups matching the criteria that they passed. +You have to be in the creategroups group unless you're requesting membership +information. + +If the user is not a member of the *creategroups* group, but they are in the +"editusers" group or have bless privileges to the groups they require +membership information for, the is_active, is_bug_group and user_regexp values +are not supplied. + +The return value will be an object containing group names as the keys; each +value will be an object that describes the group and has the following items: + +============ ====== =========================================================== +name type description +============ ====== =========================================================== +id int The unique integer ID that Bugzilla uses to identify this + group. Even if the name of the group changes, this ID will + stay the same. +name string The name of the group. +description string The description of the group. +is_bug_group int Whether this group is to be used for bug reports or is + only administrative specific. +user_regexp string A regular expression that allows users to be added to + this group if their login matches. +is_active int Whether this group is currently active or not. +users array User objects that are members of this group; only + returned if the user sets the ``membership`` parameter to + 1. Each user object has the items describe in the User + object below. +============ ====== =========================================================== + +User object: + +============= ======= ========================================================= +name type description +============= ======= ========================================================= +id int The ID of the user. +real_name string The actual name of the user. +email string The email address of the user. +name string The login name of the user. Note that in some situations + this is different than their email. +can_login boolean A boolean value to indicate if the user can login into + bugzilla. +email_enabled boolean A boolean value to indicate if bug-related mail will + be sent to the user or not. +disabled_text string A text field that holds the reason for disabling a user + from logging into Bugzilla. If empty, then the user + account is enabled; otherwise it is disabled/closed. +============= ======= ========================================================= diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..933aeed96 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Core API v1 +=========== + +.. toctree:: + + general + attachment + bug + bug-user-last-visit + bugzilla + classification + comment + component + field + flagtype + group + product + user diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/product.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/product.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95726a3a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/product.rst @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +Products +======== + +This part of the Bugzilla API allows you to list the available products and +get information about them. + +.. _rest_product_list: + +List Products +------------- + +Returns a list of the IDs of the products the user can search on. + +**Request** + +To get a list of product IDs a user can select such as for querying bugs: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/product_selectable + +To get a list of product IDs a user can enter a bug against: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/product_enterable + +To get a list of product IDs a user can search or enter bugs against. + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/product_accessible + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids": [ + "2", + "3", + "19", + "1", + "4" + ] + } + +==== ===== ====================================== +name type description +==== ===== ====================================== +ids array List of integer product IDs. +==== ===== ====================================== + +.. _rest_product_get: + +Get Product +----------- + +Returns a list of information about the products passed to it. + +**Request** + +To return information about a specific type of products such as +``accessible``, ``selectable``, or ``enterable``: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/product?type=accessible + +To return information about a specific product by ``id`` or ``name``: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/product/(id_or_name) + +You can also return information about more than one product by using the +following parameters in your query string: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/product?ids=1&ids=2&ids=3 + GET /rest/product?names=ProductOne&names=Product2 + +========== ====== ============================================================= +name type description +========== ====== ============================================================= +id_or_name mixed Integer product ID or product name. +ids array Product IDs +names array Product names +type string The group of products to return. Valid values are + ``accessible`` (default), ``selectable``, and ``enterable``. + ``type`` can be a single value or an array of values if more + than one group is needed with duplicates removed. +========== ====== ============================================================= + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "products": [ + { + "id": 1, + "default_milestone": "---", + "components": [ + { + "is_active": true, + "default_assigned_to": "admin@bugzilla.org", + "id": 1, + "sort_key": 0, + "name": "TestComponent", + "flag_types": { + "bug": [ + { + "is_active": true, + "grant_group": null, + "cc_list": "", + "is_requestable": true, + "id": 3, + "is_multiplicable": true, + "name": "needinfo", + "request_group": null, + "is_requesteeble": true, + "sort_key": 0, + "description": "needinfo" + } + ], + "attachment": [ + { + "description": "Review", + "is_multiplicable": true, + "name": "review", + "is_requesteeble": true, + "request_group": null, + "sort_key": 0, + "cc_list": "", + "grant_group": null, + "is_requestable": true, + "id": 2, + "is_active": true + } + ] + }, + "default_qa_contact": "", + "description": "This is a test component." + } + ], + "is_active": true, + "classification": "Unclassified", + "versions": [ + { + "id": 1, + "name": "unspecified", + "is_active": true, + "sort_key": 0 + } + ], + "description": "This is a test product.", + "has_unconfirmed": true, + "milestones": [ + { + "name": "---", + "is_active": true, + "sort_key": 0, + "id": 1 + } + ], + "name": "TestProduct" + } + ] + } + +``products`` (array) Each product object has the following items: + +================= ======= ===================================================== +name type description +================= ======= ===================================================== +id int An integer ID uniquely identifying the product in + this installation only. +name string The name of the product. This is a unique identifier + for the product. +description string A description of the product, which may contain HTML. +is_active boolean A boolean indicating if the product is active. +default_milestone string The name of the default milestone for the product. +has_unconfirmed boolean Indicates whether the UNCONFIRMED bug status is + available for this product. +classification string The classification name for the product. +components array Each component object has the items described in the + Component object below. +versions array Each object describes a version, and has the + following items: ``name``, ``sort_key`` and + ``is_active``. +milestones array Each object describes a milestone, and has the + following items: ``name``, ``sort_key`` and + ``is_active``. +================= ======= ===================================================== + +If the user tries to access a product that is not in the list of accessible +products for the user, or a product that does not exist, that is silently +ignored, and no information about that product is returned. + +Component object: + +=================== ======= =================================================== +name type description +=================== ======= =================================================== +id int An integer ID uniquely identifying the component in + this installation only. +name string The name of the component. This is a unique + identifier for this component. +description string A description of the component, which may contain + HTML. +default_assigned_to string The login name of the user to whom new bugs + will be assigned by default. +default_qa_contact string The login name of the user who will be set as + the QA Contact for new bugs by default. Empty + string if the QA contact is not defined. +sort_key int Components, when displayed in a list, are sorted + first by this integer and then secondly by their + name. +is_active boolean A boolean indicating if the component is active. + Inactive components are not enabled for new bugs. +flag_types object An object containing two items ``bug`` and + ``attachment`` that each contains an array of + objects, where each describes a flagtype. The + flagtype items are described in the Flagtype + object below. +=================== ======= =================================================== + +Flagtype object: + +================ ======= ====================================================== +name type description +================ ======= ====================================================== +id int Returns the ID of the flagtype. +name string Returns the name of the flagtype. +description string Returns the description of the flagtype. +cc_list string Returns the concatenated CC list for the flagtype, as + a single string. +sort_key int Returns the sortkey of the flagtype. +is_active boolean Returns whether the flagtype is active or disabled. + Flags being in a disabled flagtype are not deleted. + It only prevents you from adding new flags to it. +is_requestable boolean Returns whether you can request for the given + flagtype (i.e. whether the '?' flag is available or + not). +is_requesteeble boolean Returns whether you can ask someone specifically + or not. +is_multiplicable boolean Returns whether you can have more than one + flag for the given flagtype in a given bug/attachment. +grant_group int the group ID that is allowed to grant/deny flags of + this type. If the item is not included all users are + allowed to grant/deny this flagtype. +request_group int The group ID that is allowed to request the flag if + the flag is of the type requestable. If the item is + not included all users are allowed request this + flagtype. +================ ======= ====================================================== + +.. _rest_product_create: + +Create Product +-------------- + +This allows you to create a new product in Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/product + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "name" : "AnotherProduct", + "description" : "Another Product", + "classification" : "Unclassified", + "is_open" : false, + "has_unconfirmed" : false, + "version" : "unspecified" + } + +Some params must be set, or an error will be thrown. The required params are +marked in bold. + +================= ======= ===================================================== +name type description +================= ======= ===================================================== +**name** string The name of this product. Must be globally unique + within Bugzilla. +**description** string A description for this product. Allows some simple + HTML. +**version** string The default version for this product. +has_unconfirmed boolean Allow the UNCONFIRMED status to be set on bugs in + this product. Default: true. +classification string The name of the Classification which contains this + product. +default_milestone string The default milestone for this product. Default + '---'. +is_open boolean ``true`` if the product is currently allowing bugs + to be entered into it. Default: ``true``. +create_series boolean ``true`` if you want series for New Charts to be + created for this new product. Default: ``true``. +================= ======= ===================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "id": 20 + } + +Returns an object with the following items: + +==== ==== ===================================== +name type description +==== ==== ===================================== +id int ID of the newly-filed product. +==== ==== ===================================== + +.. _rest_product_update: + +Update Product +-------------- + +This allows you to update a product in Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + PUT /rest/product/(id_or_name) + +You can edit a single product by passing the ID or name of the product +in the URL. To edit more than one product, you can specify addition IDs or +product names using the ``ids`` or ``names`` parameters respectively. + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "ids" : [123], + "name" : "BarName", + "has_unconfirmed" : false + } + +One of the below must be specified. + +============== ===== ========================================================== +name type description +============== ===== ========================================================== +**id_or_name** mixed Integer product ID or name. +**ids** array Numeric IDs of the products that you wish to update. +**names** array Names of the products that you wish to update. +============== ===== ========================================================== + +The following parameters specify the new values you want to set for the product(s) +you are updating. + +================= ======= ===================================================== +name type description +================= ======= ===================================================== +name string A new name for this product. If you try to set this + while updating more than one product, an error will + occur, as product names must be unique. +default_milestone string When a new bug is filed, what milestone does it + get by default if the user does not choose one? Must + represent a milestone that is valid for this product. +description string Update the long description for these products to + this value. +has_unconfirmed boolean Allow the UNCONFIRMED status to be set on bugs in + products. +is_open boolean ``true`` if the product is currently allowing bugs + to be entered into it, ``false`` otherwise. +================= ======= ===================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "products" : [ + { + "id" : 123, + "changes" : { + "name" : { + "removed" : "FooName", + "added" : "BarName" + }, + "has_unconfirmed" : { + "removed" : "1", + "added" : "0" + } + } + } + ] + } + +``products`` (array) Product change objects containing the following items: + +======= ====== ================================================================ +name type description +======= ====== ================================================================ +id int The ID of the product that was updated. +changes object The changes that were actually done on this product. The + keys are the names of the fields that were changed, and the + values are an object with two items: + + * added: (string) The value that this field was changed to. + * removed: (string) The value that was previously set in this + field. +======= ====== ================================================================ + +Booleans will be represented with the strings '1' and '0' for changed values +as they are stored as strings in the database currently. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/user.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/user.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27211a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/core/v1/user.rst @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +Users +===== + +This part of the Bugzilla API allows you to create user accounts, get information +about user accounts and to log in or out using an existing account. + +.. _rest_user_login: + +Login +----- + +Logging in with a username and password is required for many Bugzilla +installations, in order to search for private bugs, post new bugs, etc. This +method allows you to retrieve a token that can be used as authentication for +subsequent API calls. Otherwise yuou will need to pass your ``login`` and +``password`` with each call. + +This method will be going away in the future in favor of using *API keys*. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/login?login=foo@example.com&password=toosecrettoshow + +============== ======= ======================================================== +name type description +============== ======= ======================================================== +**login** string The user's login name. +**password** string The user's password. +restrict_login boolean If set to a true value, the token returned by this + method will only be valid from the IP address which + called this method. +============== ======= ======================================================== + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "token": "786-OLaWfBisMY", + "id": 786 + } + +======== ====== =============================================================== +name type description +======== ====== =============================================================== +id int Numeric ID of the user that was logged in. +token string Token which can be passed in the parameters as + authentication in other calls. The token can be sent along + with any future requests to the webservice, for the duration + of the session, i.e. til :ref:`rest_user_logout` is called. +======== ====== =============================================================== + +.. _rest_user_logout: + +Logout +------ + +Log out the user. Basically it invalidates the token provided so it cannot be +re-used. Does nothing if the token is not in use. Will also clear any existing +authentication cookies the client may still have stored. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/logout?token=1234-VWvO51X69r + +===== ====== =================================================== +name type description +===== ====== =================================================== +token string The user's token used for authentication. +===== ====== =================================================== + +.. _rest_user_valid_login: + +Valid Login +----------- + +This method will verify whether a client's cookies or current login token is +still valid or have expired. A valid username that matches must be provided as +well. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/valid_login?login=foo@example.com&token=1234-VWvO51X69r + +========= ======= ============================================================= +name type description +========= ======= ============================================================= +**login** string The login name that matches the provided cookies or token. +token string Persistent login token currently being used for + authentication. +========= ======= ============================================================= + +**Response** + +Returns true/false depending on if the current token is valid for the provided +username. + +.. _rest_user_create: + +Create User +----------- + +Creates a user account directly in Bugzilla, password and all. Instead of this, +you should use **Offer Account by Email** when possible because that makes sure +that the email address specified can actually receive an email. This function +does not check that. You must be authenticated and be in the *editusers* group +to perform this action. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + POST /rest/user + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "email" : "user@bugzilla.org", + "full_name" : "Test User", + "password" : "K16ldRr922I1" + } + +========== ====== ============================================================= +name type description +========== ====== ============================================================= +**email** string The email address for the new user. +full_name string The user's full name. Will be set to empty if not specified. +password string The password for the new user account, in plain text. It + will be stripped of leading and trailing whitespace. If + blank or not specified, the new created account will + exist in Bugzilla but will not be allowed to log in + using DB authentication until a password is set either + by the user (through resetting their password) or by the + administrator. +========== ====== ============================================================= + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: js + + { + "id": 58707 + } + +==== ==== ============================================ +name type desciption +==== ==== ============================================ +id int The numeric ID of the user that was created. +==== ==== ============================================ + +.. _rest_user_update: + +Update User +----------- + +Updates an existing user account in Bugzilla. You must be authenticated and be +in the *editusers* group to perform this action. + +**Request** + +.. code-block:: text + + PUT /rest/user/(id_or_name) + +You can edit a single user by passing the ID or login name of the user +in the URL. To edit more than one user, you can specify addition IDs or +login names using the ``ids`` or ``names`` parameters respectively. + +================= ======= ===================================================== + name type description +================= ======= ===================================================== +**id_or_name** mixed Either the ID or the login name of the user to + update. +**ids** array Additional IDs of users to update. +**names** array Additional login names of users to update. +full_name string The new name of the user. +email string The email of the user. Note that email used to + login to bugzilla. Also note that you can only + update one user at a time when changing the login + name / email. (An error will be thrown if you try to + update this field for multiple users at once.) +password string The password of the user. +email_enabled boolean A boolean value to enable/disable sending + bug-related mail to the user. +login_denied_text string A text field that holds the reason for disabling a + user from logging into Bugzilla. If empty, then the + user account is enabled; otherwise it is + disabled/closed. +groups object These specify the groups that this user is directly + a member of. To set these, you should pass an object + as the value. The object's items are described in + the Groups update objects below. +bless_groups object This is the same as groups but affects what groups + a user has direct membership to bless that group. + It takes the same inputs as groups. +================= ======= ===================================================== + +Groups and bless groups update object: + +====== ===== ================================================================== +name type description +====== ===== ================================================================== +add array The group IDs or group names that the user should be added to. +remove array The group IDs or group names that the user should be removed from. +set array Integers or strings which are an exact set of group IDs and group + names that the user should be a member of. This does not remove + groups from the user when the person making the change does not + have the bless privilege for the group. +====== ===== ================================================================== + +If you specify ``set``, then ``add`` and ``remove`` will be ignored. A group in +both the ``add`` and ``remove`` list will be added. Specifying a group that the +user making the change does not have bless rights will generate an error. + +**Response** + +* users: (array) List of user change objects with the following items: + +======= ====== ================================================================ +name type description +======= ====== ================================================================ +id int The ID of the user that was updated. +changes object The changes that were actually done on this user. The keys + are the names of the fields that were changed, and the values + are an object with two items: + + * added: (string) The values that were added to this field, + possibly a comma-and-space-separated list if multiple values + were added. + * removed: (string) The values that were removed from this + field, possibly a comma-and-space-separated list if multiple + values were removed. +======= ====== ================================================================ + +.. _rest_user_get: + +Get User +-------- + +Gets information about user accounts in Bugzilla. + +**Request** + +To get information about a single user in Bugzilla: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/user/(id_or_name) + +To get multiple users by name or ID: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/user?names=foo@bar.com&name=test@bugzilla.org + GET /rest/user?ids=123&ids=321 + +To get user matching a search string: + +.. code-block:: text + + GET /rest/user?match=foo + +To get user by using an integer ID value or by using ``match``, you must be +authenticated. + +================ ======= ====================================================== +name type description +================ ======= ====================================================== +id_or_name mixed An integer user ID or login name of the user. +ids array Integer user IDs. Logged=out users cannot pass + this parameter to this function. If they try, + they will get an error. Logged=in users will get + an error if they specify the ID of a user they + cannot see. +names array Login names. +match array This works just like "user matching" in Bugzilla + itself. Users will be returned whose real name + or login name contains any one of the specified + strings. Users that you cannot see will not be + included in the returned list. + + Most installations have a limit on how many + matches are returned for each string; the default + is 1000 but can be changed by the Bugzilla + administrator. + + Logged-out users cannot use this argument, and + an error will be thrown if they try. (This is to + make it harder for spammers to harvest email + addresses from Bugzilla, and also to enforce the + user visibility restrictions that are + implemented on some Bugzillas.) +limit int Limit the number of users matched by the + ``match`` parameter. If the value is greater than the + system limit, the system limit will be used. + This parameter is only valid when using the ``match`` + parameter. +group_ids array Numeric IDs for groups that a user can be in. +groups array Names of groups that a user can be in. If + ``group_ids`` or ``groups`` are specified, they + limit the return value to users who are in *any* + of the groups specified. +include_disabled boolean By default, when using the ``match`` parameter, + disabled users are excluded from the returned + results unless their full username is identical + to the match string. Setting ``include_disabled`` to + ``true`` will include disabled users in the returned + results even if their username doesn't fully match + the input string. +================ ======= ====================================================== + +**Response** + +* users: (array) Each object describes a user and has the following items: + +================= ======= ===================================================== +name type description +================= ======= ===================================================== +id int The unique integer ID that Bugzilla uses to represent + this user. Even if the user's login name changes, + this will not change. +real_name string The actual name of the user. May be blank. +email string The email address of the user. +name string The login name of the user. Note that in some + situations this is different than their email. +can_login boolean A boolean value to indicate if the user can login + into bugzilla. +email_enabled boolean A boolean value to indicate if bug-related mail will + be sent to the user or not. +login_denied_text string A text field that holds the reason for disabling a + user from logging into Bugzilla. If empty then the + user account is enabled; otherwise it is + disabled/closed. +groups array Groups the user is a member of. If the currently + logged in user is querying their own account or is a + member of the 'editusers' group, the array will + contain all the groups that the user is a member of. + Otherwise, the array will only contain groups that + the logged in user can bless. Each object describes + the group and contains the items described in the + Group object below. +saved_searches array User's saved searches, each having the following + Search object items described below. +saved_reports array User's saved reports, each having the following + Search object items described below. +================= ======= ===================================================== + +Group object: + +=========== ====== ============================================================ +name type description +=========== ====== ============================================================ +id int The group ID +name string The name of the group +description string The description for the group +=========== ====== ============================================================ + +Search object: + +===== ====== ================================================================== +name type description +===== ====== ================================================================== +id int An integer ID uniquely identifying the saved report. +name string The name of the saved report. +query string The CGI parameters for the saved report. +===== ====== ================================================================== + +If you are not authenticated when you call this function, you will only be +returned the ``id``, ``name``, and ``real_name`` items. If you are authenticated +and not in 'editusers' group, you will only be returned the ``id``, ``name``, +``real_name``, ``email``, ``can_login``, and ``groups`` items. The groups +returned are filtered based on your permission to bless each group. The +``saved_searches`` and ``saved_reports`` items are only returned if you are +querying your own account, even if you are in the editusers group. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/api/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/api/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45055eba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/api/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +.. _apis: + +WebService API Reference +======================== + +This Bugzilla installation has the following WebService APIs available +(as of the last time you compiled the documentation): + +.. toctree:: + :glob: + + core/v*/index + ../extensions/*/api/v*/index diff --git a/docs/en/rst/conf.py b/docs/en/rst/conf.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3330ca76d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/conf.py @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +# +# Bugzilla documentation build configuration file, created by +# sphinx-quickstart on Tue Sep 3 16:11:00 2013. +# +# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. +# +# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this +# autogenerated file. +# +# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out +# serve to show the default. + +import sys, os, re + +# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, +# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the +# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. +#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.')) + +# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- + +# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. +needs_sphinx = '1.0' + +# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions +# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. +extensions = ['sphinx.ext.todo', 'sphinx.ext.extlinks'] + +if tags.has('enable_rst2pdf'): + extensions.append('rst2pdf.pdfbuilder') + +# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. +templates_path = ['_templates'] + +# The suffix of source filenames. +source_suffix = '.rst' + +# The encoding of source files. +#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' + +# The master toctree document. +master_doc = 'index' + +# General information about the project. +project = u'Bugzilla' +copyright = u'2014, The Bugzilla Team' + +# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for +# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the +# built documents. +# +# The short X.Y version. +version = 'Unknown' +# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. +release = 'Unknown' + +for line in open("../../../Bugzilla/Constants.pm"): + match = re.search(r'BUGZILLA_VERSION\s+=>\s+"([^"]+)"', line) + if (match): + release = match.group(1) + match = re.search(r'^\d+\.\d+', release) + if (match): + version = match.group(0) + else: + version = release + break + +# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation +# for a list of supported languages. +#language = None + +# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some +# non-false value, then it is used: +#today = '' +# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. +#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' + +# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and +# directories to ignore when looking for source files. +exclude_patterns = ['**.inc.rst'] + +# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. +#default_role = None + +# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. +#add_function_parentheses = True + +# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description +# unit titles (such as .. function::). +#add_module_names = True + +# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the +# output. They are ignored by default. +#show_authors = False + +# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. +pygments_style = 'sphinx' + +# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. +#modindex_common_prefix = [] + +rst_prolog = """ +.. role:: param + :class: param + +.. role:: paramval + :class: paramval + +.. role:: group + :class: group + +.. role:: field + :class: field + +.. |min-perl-ver| replace:: 5.10.1 +""" + +rst_epilog = """ + +---------- + +This documentation undoubtedly has bugs; if you find some, please file +them `here <https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla&component=Documentation>`_. +""" + +# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- + +# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for +# a list of builtin themes. +html_theme = 'default' + +# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme +# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the +# documentation. +#html_theme_options = {} + +# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. +#html_theme_path = [] + +# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to +# "<project> v<release> documentation". +#html_title = None + +# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. +#html_short_title = None + +html_style = "bugzilla.css" + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top +# of the sidebar. +html_logo = "../images/bugzilla.png" + +# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the +# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 +# pixels large. +html_favicon = '../../../images/favicon.ico' + +# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, +# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, +# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". +html_static_path = ['_static'] + +# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, +# using the given strftime format. +#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' + +# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to +# typographically correct entities. +# Switched off because it converted --long-option to –long-option +html_use_smartypants = False + +# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. +#html_sidebars = {} + +# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to +# template names. +#html_additional_pages = {} + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#html_domain_indices = True + +# If false, no index is generated. +html_use_index = False + +# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. +#html_split_index = False + +# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. +html_show_sourcelink = False + +# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +#html_show_sphinx = True + +# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +html_show_copyright = False + +# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will +# contain a <link> tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the +# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. +#html_use_opensearch = '' + +# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). +#html_file_suffix = None + +# Output file base name for HTML help builder. +htmlhelp_basename = 'Bugzilladoc' + +# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- + +latex_elements = { +# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). +#'papersize': 'letterpaper', + +# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). +#'pointsize': '10pt', + +# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. +#'preamble': '', +} + +# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'Bugzilla.tex', u'Bugzilla Documentation', + u'The Bugzilla Team', 'manual'), +] + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of +# the title page. +#latex_logo = None + +# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, +# not chapters. +#latex_use_parts = False + +# If true, show page references after internal links. +#latex_show_pagerefs = False + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#latex_show_urls = False + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#latex_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#latex_domain_indices = True + + +# -- Options for manual page output -------------------------------------------- + +# One entry per manual page. List of tuples +# (source start file, name, description, authors, manual section). +man_pages = [ + ('index', 'bugzilla', u'Bugzilla Documentation', + [u'The Bugzilla Team'], 1) +] + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#man_show_urls = False + + +# -- Options for Texinfo output ------------------------------------------------ + +# Grouping the document tree into Texinfo files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, +# dir menu entry, description, category) +texinfo_documents = [ + ('index', 'Bugzilla', u'Bugzilla Documentation', + u'The Bugzilla Team', 'Bugzilla', 'One line description of project.', + 'Miscellaneous'), +] + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#texinfo_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#texinfo_domain_indices = True + +# How to display URL addresses: 'footnote', 'no', or 'inline'. +#texinfo_show_urls = 'footnote' + +# -- Options for PDF output -------------------------------------------------- + +# Grouping the document tree into PDF files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, options). +# +# If there is more than one author, separate them with \\. +# For example: r'Guido van Rossum\\Fred L. Drake, Jr., editor' +# +# The options element is a dictionary that lets you override +# this config per-document. +# For example, +# ('index', u'MyProject', u'My Project', u'Author Name', +# dict(pdf_compressed = True)) +# would mean that specific document would be compressed +# regardless of the global pdf_compressed setting. + +pdf_documents = [ +('index', u'Bugzilla', u'Bugzilla Documentation', u'The Bugzilla Team'), +] + +# A comma-separated list of custom stylesheets. Example: +pdf_stylesheets = ['sphinx','kerning','a4'] + +# A list of folders to search for stylesheets. Example: +pdf_style_path = ['.', '_styles'] + +# Create a compressed PDF +# Use True/False or 1/0 +# Example: compressed=True +pdf_compressed = True + +# A colon-separated list of folders to search for fonts. Example: +# pdf_font_path = ['/usr/share/fonts', '/usr/share/texmf-dist/fonts/'] + +# Language to be used for hyphenation support +#pdf_language = "en_US" + +# Mode for literal blocks wider than the frame. Can be +# overflow, shrink or truncate +pdf_fit_mode = "shrink" + +# Section level that forces a break page. +# For example: 1 means top-level sections start in a new page +# 0 means disabled +pdf_break_level = 2 + +# When a section starts in a new page, force it to be 'even', 'odd', +# or just use 'any' +#pdf_breakside = 'any' + +# Insert footnotes where they are defined instead of +# at the end. +#pdf_inline_footnotes = True + +# verbosity level. 0 1 or 2 +pdf_verbosity = 0 + +# If false, no index is generated. +pdf_use_index = False + +# If false, no modindex is generated. +pdf_use_modindex = False + +# If false, no coverpage is generated. +#pdf_use_coverpage = True + +# Name of the cover page template to use +#pdf_cover_template = 'sphinxcover.tmpl' + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#pdf_appendices = [] + +# Enable experimental feature to split table cells. Use it +# if you get "DelayedTable too big" errors +#pdf_splittables = False + +# Set the default DPI for images +#pdf_default_dpi = 72 + +# Enable rst2pdf extension modules (default is only vectorpdf) +# you need vectorpdf if you want to use sphinx's graphviz support +pdf_extensions = ['vectorpdf', 'dotted_toc'] + +# Page template name for "regular" pages +#pdf_page_template = 'cutePage' + +# Show Table Of Contents at the beginning? +pdf_use_toc = True + +# How many levels deep should the table of contents be? +pdf_toc_depth = 5 + +# Add section number to section references +pdf_use_numbered_links = True + +# Background images fitting mode +pdf_fit_background_mode = 'scale' + +# -- Options for Sphinx extensions ------------------------------------------- + +# Temporary highlighting of TODO items +todo_include_todos = False + +extlinks = {'bug': ('https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=%s', 'bug ')} diff --git a/docs/en/rst/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b877920c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +====================== +Bugzilla Documentation +====================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + :numbered: 4 + + about/index + using/index + installing/index + administering/index + integrating/index + api/index + +.. toctree:: + :hidden: + + installing/mysql + installing/postgresql + installing/oracle + installing/sqlite + +.. toctree:: + :hidden: + + installing/apache + installing/apache-windows + installing/iis + +.. todolist:: diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/apache-windows.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/apache-windows.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e8ac8928 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/apache-windows.rst @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +.. _apache-windows: + +Apache +###### + +These instructions require editing the Apache configuration file, which is +at :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Apache Group\\Apache2\\conf\\httpd.conf`. + +Installing +========== + +Download the Apache HTTP Server, version 2.2.x or higher, from +`the Apache website <http://httpd.apache.org/download.cgi>`_. + +Apache uses a standard Windows installer. Just follow the prompts, making sure +you "Install for All Users". Be aware the Apache will always install itself +into an :file:`Apache2` directory under what ever path you specify. The +default install path will be displayed as +:file:`C:\\Program Files\\Apache Group`, which will result in Apache being +installed to :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Apache Group\\Apache2`. + +If you are already running IIS on your machine, you must configure Apache to +run on a port other than 80, which IIS is using. However you aren't asked the +port to listen on at install time. Choose "All Users" (which says port 80), +and we'll change the port later. + +The remainder of this document assumes you have installed Apache into +the default location, :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Apache Group\\Apache2`. + +Apache Account Permissions +========================== + +By default Apache installs itself to run as the SYSTEM account. For security +reasons it's better the reconfigure the service to run as an Apache user. +Create a new Windows user that is a member of **no** groups, and reconfigure +the Apache2 service to run as that account. + +Whichever account you are running Apache as, SYSTEM or otherwise, needs write +and modify access to the following directories and all their subdirectories. +Depending on your version of Windows, this access may already be granted. + +* :file:`C:\\Bugzilla\\data` +* :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Apache Group\\Apache2\\logs` +* :file:`C:\\Temp` +* :file:`C:\\Windows\\Temp` + +Note that :file:`C:\\Bugzilla\\data` is created the first time you run +:file:`checksetup.pl`. + +Port and DocumentRoot +===================== + +Edit the Apache configuration file (see above). + +If you need to change the port that Apache runs on (listens on, or binds to), +for example because another web server such as IIS is running on the same +machine, edit the ``Listen`` option and change the value after the colon. + +Change the ``DocumentRoot`` setting to point to :file:`C:/Bugzilla`. There +are two locations in :file:`httpd.conf` that need to be updated (search for +``DocumentRoot``). You need to use ``/`` instead of ``\`` as a path separator. + +Enable CGI Support +================== + +Edit the Apache configuration file (see above). + +To enable CGI support in Apache, you need to enable the CGI handler, by +uncommenting the ``AddHandler cgi-script .cgi`` line. + +Teach Apache About Bugzilla +=========================== + +Edit the Apache configuration file (see above). + +Add the following stanza: + +.. code-block:: apache + + <Directory "C:/Bugzilla"> + ScriptInterpreterSource Registry-Strict + Options +ExecCGI +FollowSymLinks + DirectoryIndex index.cgi index.html + AllowOverride Limit FileInfo Indexes Options + </Directory> + +In order for ``ScriptInterpreterSource Registry-Strict`` to work, you also +need to add an entry to the Registry so Apache will use Perl to execute .cgi +files. + +Create a key ``HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.cgi\Shell\ExecCGI\Command`` with the +default value of the full path of :file:`perl.exe` with a ``-T`` parameter. +For example :file:`C:\\Perl\\bin\\perl.exe -T`. + +Logging +======= + +Unless you want to keep statistics on how many hits your Bugzilla install is +getting, it's a good idea to disable logging by commenting out the +``CustomLog`` directive in the Apache config file. + +If you don't disable logging, you should at least disable logging of "query +strings". When external systems interact with Bugzilla via webservices +(REST/XMLRPC/JSONRPC) they include the user's credentials as part of the URL +(in the query string). Therefore, to avoid storing passwords in clear text +on the server we recommend configuring Apache to not include the query string +in its log files. + +#. Find the following line in the Apache config file, which defines the + logging format for ``vhost_combined``: + + .. code-block:: apache + + LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined + +#. Replace ``%r`` with ``%m %U``. + +(If you have configured Apache differently, a different log line might apply. +Adjust these instructions accordingly.) + +Restart Apache +============== + +Finally, restart Apache to get it pick up the changes: + +:command:`net stop apache2` + +:command:`net start apache2` diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/apache.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/apache.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe734b222 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/apache.rst @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +.. This document is shared among all non-Windows OSes. + +.. _apache: + +Apache +###### + +You have two options for running Bugzilla under Apache - mod_cgi (the +default) and mod_perl. mod_perl is faster but takes more resources. You +should probably only consider mod_perl if your Bugzilla is going to be heavily +used. + +These instructions require editing the Apache configuration file, which is: + +* Fedora/Red Hat: :file:`/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf` +* Debian/Ubuntu: :file:`/etc/apache2/apache2.conf` +* Mac OS X: :file:`/etc/apache2/httpd.conf` + +Alternatively, on Debian or Ubuntu, you can instead put the below code into a +separate file in the directory :file:`/etc/apache2/sites-enabled/`. + +In these instructions, when asked to restart Apache, the command is: + +:command:`sudo apachectl start` + +(or run it as root if your OS installation does not use sudo). + +Securing Apache +=============== + +When external systems interact with Bugzilla via webservices +(REST/XMLRPC/JSONRPC) they include the user's credentials as part of the URL +(in the "query string"). Therefore, to avoid storing passwords in clear text +on the server we recommend configuring Apache to not include the query string +in its log files. + +#. Edit the Apache configuration file (see above). + +#. Find the following line in the above mentioned file, which defines the + logging format for ``vhost_combined``: + + .. code-block:: apache + + LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined + +#. Replace ``%r`` with ``%m %U``. + +#. Restart Apache. + +.. _apache-mod_cgi: + +Apache with mod_cgi +=================== + +To configure your Apache web server to work with Bugzilla while using +mod_cgi, do the following: + +#. Edit the Apache configuration file (see above). + +#. Create a ``<Directory>`` directive that applies to the location + of your Bugzilla installation. In this example, Bugzilla has + been installed at :file:`/var/www/html/bugzilla`. On Mac OS X, use + :file:`/Library/WebServer/Documents/bugzilla`. + +.. code-block:: apache + + <Directory /var/www/html/bugzilla> + AddHandler cgi-script .cgi + Options +ExecCGI +FollowSymLinks + DirectoryIndex index.cgi index.html + AllowOverride Limit FileInfo Indexes Options + </Directory> + +These instructions allow Apache to run .cgi files found within the Bugzilla +directory; instructs the server to look for a file called :file:`index.cgi` +or, if not found, :file:`index.html` if someone only types the directory name +into the browser; and allows Bugzilla's :file:`.htaccess` files to override +some global permissions. + +.. _apache-mod_perl: + +Apache with mod_perl +==================== + +Some configuration is required to make Bugzilla work with Apache +and mod_perl. + +.. note:: It is not known whether anyone has even tried mod_perl on Mac OS X. + +#. Edit the Apache configuration file (see above). + +#. Add the following information, substituting where appropriate with your + own local paths. + + .. code-block:: apache + + PerlSwitches -w -T + PerlConfigRequire /var/www/html/bugzilla/mod_perl.pl + + .. note:: This should be used instead of the <Directory> block + shown above. This should also be above any other ``mod_perl`` + directives within the :file:`httpd.conf` and the directives must be + specified in the order above. + + .. warning:: You should also ensure that you have disabled ``KeepAlive`` + support in your Apache install when utilizing Bugzilla under mod_perl + or you may suffer a + `performance penalty <http://modperlbook.org/html/11-4-KeepAlive.html>`_. + +On restarting Apache, Bugzilla should now be running within the +mod_perl environment. + +Please bear the following points in mind when considering using Bugzilla +under mod_perl: + +* mod_perl support in Bugzilla can take up a HUGE amount of RAM - easily + 30MB per httpd child. The more RAM you can get, the better. mod_perl is + basically trading RAM for speed. At least 2GB total system RAM is + recommended for running Bugzilla under mod_perl. + +* Under mod_perl, you have to restart Apache if you make any manual change to + any Bugzilla file. You can't just reload--you have to actually + *restart* the server (as in make sure it stops and starts + again). You *can* change :file:`localconfig` and the :file:`params` file + manually, if you want, because those are re-read every time you load a page. + +* You must run in Apache's Prefork MPM (this is the default). The Worker MPM + may not work -- we haven't tested Bugzilla's mod_perl support under threads. + (And, in fact, we're fairly sure it *won't* work.) + +* Bugzilla generally expects to be the only mod_perl application running on + your entire server. It may or may not work if there are other applications also + running under mod_perl. It does try its best to play nice with other mod_perl + applications, but it still may have conflicts. + +* It is recommended that you have one Bugzilla instance running under mod_perl + on your server. Bugzilla has not been tested with more than one instance running. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/backups.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/backups.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b1953c44 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/backups.rst @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +.. _backups: + +Backups +####### + +Database +======== + +Here are some sample commands you could use to backup +your database, depending on what database system you're +using. You may have to modify these commands for your +particular setup. Replace the $VARIABLEs with appropriate values for your +setup. + +MySQL +----- + +:command:`mysqldump --max-allowed-packet=32M -u $USERNAME -p $DATABASENAME > backup.sql` + +The value for :command:`max-allowed-packet` should be the value you've set in +your :ref:`MySQL configuration file <mysql>`, and should be larger than the +largest attachment in your database. See the +`mysqldump documentation <http://dev.mysql.com/doc/mysql/en/mysqldump.html>`_ +for more information on :file:`mysqldump`. + +PostgreSQL +---------- + +:command:`pg_dump --no-privileges --no-owner -h localhost -U $USERNAME > bugs.sql` + +Bugzilla +======== + +The Bugzilla directory contains some data files and configuration files which +you would want to retain. A simple recursive copy will do the job here. + +:command:`cp -rp $BUGZILLA_HOME /var/backups/bugzilla` + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/essential-post-install-config.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/essential-post-install-config.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5e9c0bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/essential-post-install-config.rst @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +.. _essential-post-install-config: + +Essential Post-Installation Configuration +######################################### + +Bugzilla is configured in the Administration Parameters. Log in with the +administrator account you defined in the last :file:`checksetup.pl` run, +then click :guilabel:`Administration` in the header, and then +:guilabel:`Parameters`. You will see the different parameter sections +down the left hand side of the page. + +.. _config-essential-params: + +Parameters +========== + +There are a few parameters which it is very important to define (or +explicitly decide not to change). + +The first set of these are in the :guilabel:`Required Settings` section. + +* :param:`urlbase`: this is the URL by which people should access + Bugzilla's front page. +* :param:`sslbase`: if you have configured SSL on your Bugzilla server, + this is the SSL URL by which people should access Bugzilla's front page. +* :param:`ssl_redirect`: Set this if you want everyone to be redirected + to use the SSL version. Recommended if you have set up SSL. +* :param:`cookiebase`: Bugzilla uses cookies to remember who each user is. + In order to set those cookies in the correct scope, you may need to set a + cookiebase. If your Bugzilla is at the root of your domain, you don't need + to change the default value. + +You may want to put your email address in the :param:`maintainer` +parameter in the :guilabel:`General` section. This will then let people +know who to contact if they see problems or hit errors. + +If you don't want just anyone able to read your Bugzilla, set the +:param:`requirelogin` parameter in the :guilabel:`User Authentication` +section, and change or clear the :param:`createemailregexp` parameter. + +.. _email: + +Email +===== + +Bugzilla requires the ability to set up email. You have a number of choices +here. The simplest is to get Gmail or some other email provider to do the +work for you, but you can also hand the mail off to a local email server, +or run one yourself on the Bugzilla machine. + +Bugzilla's approach to email is configured in the :guilabel:`Email` section +of the Parameters. + +.. _install-MTA: + +Use Another Mail Server +----------------------- + +This section corresponds to choosing a :param:`mail_delivery_method` of +:paramval:`SMTP`. + +This method passes the email off to an existing mail server. Your +organization may well already have one running for their internal email, and +may prefer to use it for confidentiality reasons. If so, you need the +following information about it: + +* The domain name of the server (Parameter: :param:`smtpserver`) +* The username and password to use (Parameters: :param:`smtp_username` and + :param:`smtp_password`) +* Whether the server uses SSL (Parameter: :param:`smtp_ssl`) +* The address you should be sending mail 'From' (Parameter: + :param:`mailfrom`) + +If your organization does not run its own mail server, you can use the +services of one of any number of popular email providers. + +Gmail +''''' + +Visit https://gmail.com and create a new Gmail account for your Bugzilla to +use. Then, set the following parameter values in the "Email" section: + +* :param:`mail_delivery_method`: :paramval:`SMTP` +* :param:`mailfrom`: :paramval:`new_gmail_address@gmail.com` +* :param:`smtpserver`: :paramval:`smtp.gmail.com:465` +* :param:`smtp_username`: :paramval:`new_gmail_address@gmail.com` +* :param:`smtp_password`: :paramval:`new_gmail_password` +* :param:`smtp_ssl`: :paramval:`On` + +Run Your Own Mail Server +------------------------ + +This section corresponds to choosing a :param:`mail_delivery_method` of +:paramval:`Sendmail`. + +Unless you know what you are doing, and can deal with the possible problems +of spam, bounces and blacklists, it is probably unwise to set up your own +mail server just for Bugzilla. However, if you wish to do so, some guidance +follows. + +On Linux, any Sendmail-compatible MTA (Mail Transfer Agent) will +suffice. Sendmail, Postfix, qmail and Exim are examples of common +MTAs. Sendmail is the original Unix MTA, but the others are easier to +configure, and therefore many people replace Sendmail with Postfix or +Exim. They are drop-in replacements, so Bugzilla will not +distinguish between them. + +If you are using Sendmail, version 8.7 or higher is required. If you are +using a Sendmail-compatible MTA, it must be compatible with at least version +8.7 of Sendmail. + +On Mac OS X 10.3 and later, `Postfix <http://www.postfix.org/>`_ +is used as the built-in email server. Postfix provides an executable +that mimics sendmail enough to satisfy Bugzilla. + +On Windows, if you find yourself unable to use Bugzilla's built-in SMTP +support (e.g. because the necessary Perl modules are not available), you can +use :paramval:`Sendmail` with a little application called +`sendmail.exe <http://glob.com.au/sendmail/>`_, which provides +sendmail-compatible calling conventions and encapsulates the SMTP +communication to another mail server. Like Bugzilla, :command:`sendmail.exe` +can be configured to log SMTP communication to a file in case of problems. + +Detailed information on configuring an MTA is outside the scope of this +document. Consult the manual for the specific MTA you choose for detailed +installation instructions. Each of these programs will have their own +configuration files where you must configure certain parameters to +ensure that the mail is delivered properly. They are implemented +as services, and you should ensure that the MTA is in the auto-start +list of services for the machine. + +If a simple mail sent with the command-line :file:`mail` program +succeeds, then Bugzilla should also be fine. + +Troubleshooting +--------------- + +If you are having trouble, check that any configured SMTP server can be +reached from your Bugzilla server and that any given authentication +credentials are valid. If these things seem correct and your mails are still +not sending, check if your OS uses SELinux or AppArmor. Either of these +may prevent your web server from sending email. The SELinux boolean +`httpd_can_sendmail <http://selinuxproject.org/page/ApacheRecipes#Allow_the_Apache_HTTP_Server_to_send_mail>`_ +may need to be set to True. + +If all those things don't help, activate the :param:`smtp_debug` parameter +and check your webserver logs. + +.. _config-products: + +Products, Components, Versions and Milestones +============================================= + +Bugs in Bugzilla are categorised into Products and, inside those Products, +Components (and, optionally, if you turn on the :param:`useclassifications` +parameter, Classifications as a level above Products). + +Bugzilla comes with a single Product, called "TestProduct", which contains a +single component, imaginatively called "TestComponent". You will want to +create your own Products and their Components. It's OK to have just one +Component inside a Product. Products have Versions (which represents the +version of the software in which a bug was found) and Target Milestones +(which represent the future version of the product in which the bug is +hopefully to be fixed - or, for RESOLVED bugs, was fixed. You may also want +to add some of those. + +Once you've created your own, you will want to delete TestProduct (which +will delete TestComponent automatically). Note that if you've filed a bug in +TestProduct to try Bugzilla out, you'll need to move it elsewhere before it's +possible to delete TestProduct. + +Now, you may want to do some of the :ref:`optional-post-install-config`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/iis.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/iis.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a1a7ab53 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/iis.rst @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +.. _iis: + +Microsoft IIS +############# + +Bugzilla works with IIS as a normal CGI application. These instructions assume +that you are using Windows 7. Procedures for other versions are probably similar. + +Begin by starting Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. +:guilabel:`Start` --> :guilabel:`Administrators Tools` --> +:guilabel:`Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager`. Or run the command: + +:command:`inetmgr` + +Create a New Application +======================== + +Expand your :guilabel:`Server` until the :guilabel:`Default Web Site` shows +its children. + +Right-click :guilabel:`Default Web Site` and select +:guilabel:`Add Application` from the menu. + +Unde :guilabel:`Alias`, enter the alias for the website. This is the path +below the domain where you want Bugzilla to appear. + +Under :guilabel:`Physical Path`, enter the path to Bugzilla, +:file:`C:\\Bugzilla`. + +When finished, click :guilabel:`OK`. + +Configure the Default Document +============================== + +Click on the Application that you just created. Double-click on +:guilabel:`Default Document`, and click :guilabel:`Add` underneath the +Actions menu. + +Under :guilabel:`Name`, enter ``index.cgi``. + +All other default documents can be removed for this application. + +.. warning:: Do not delete the default document from the :guilabel:`Default Website`. + +Add Handler Mappings +==================== + +Ensure that you are at the Default Website. Under :guilabel:`IIS`, +double-click :guilabel:`Handler Mappings`. Under :guilabel:`Actions`, click +:guilabel:`Add Script Map`. You need to do this twice. + +For the first one, set the following values (replacing paths if necessary): + +* :guilabel:`Request Path`: ``*.pl`` +* :guilabel:`Executable`: ``C:\Perl\bin\perl.exe "%s" %s`` +* :guilabel:`Name`: ``Perl Script Map`` + +At the prompt select :guilabel:`Yes`. + +.. note:: The ActiveState Perl installer may have already created an entry for + .pl files that is limited to ``GET,HEAD,POST``. If so, this mapping should + be removed, as Bugzilla's .pl files are not designed to be run via a web + server. + +For the second one, set the following values (replacing paths if necessary): + +* :guilabel:`Request Path`: ``*.cgi`` +* :guilabel:`Executable`: ``C:\Perl\bin\perl.exe "%s" %s`` +* :guilabel:`Name`: ``CGI Script Map`` + +At the prompt select :guilabel:`Yes`. + +Bugzilla Application +==================== + +Ensure that you are at the Bugzilla Application. Under :guilabel:`IIS`, +double-click :guilabel:`Handler Mappings`. Under :guilabel:`Actions`, click +:guilabel:`Add Script Map`. + +Set the following values (replacing paths if necessary): + +* :guilabel:`Request Path`: ``*.cgi`` +* :guilabel:`Executable`: ``C:\Perl\bin\perl.exe -x"C:\Bugzilla" -wT "%s" %s`` +* :guilabel:`Name`: ``Bugzilla`` + +At the prompt select :guilabel:`Yes`. + +Now it's time to restart the IIS server to take these changes into account. +From the top-level menu, which contains the name of your machine, click +:guilabel:`Restart` under :guilabel:`Manage Server`. Or run the command: + +:command:`iisreset` + +Common Problems +=============== + +Bugzilla runs but it's not possible to log in + You've probably configured IIS to use ActiveState's ISAPI DLL -- in other + words you're using PerlEx, or the executable IIS is configured to use is + :file:`PerlS.dll` or :file:`Perl30.dll`. + + Reconfigure IIS to use :file:`perl.exe`. + +IIS returns HTTP 502 errors + You probably forgot the ``-T`` argument to :file:`perl` when configuring the + executable in IIS. + +XMLRPC interface not working with IIS + This is a known issue. See :bug:`708252`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91a81bede --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +.. highlight:: console + +.. _installing: + +================================== +Installation and Maintenance Guide +================================== + +.. note:: If you just want to *use* Bugzilla, + you do not need to install it. None of this chapter is relevant to + you. Ask your Bugzilla administrator for the URL to access it from + your web browser. You may want to read the :ref:`using`. + +Bugzilla can be installed under Linux, Windows, Mac OS X, and perhaps other +operating systems. However, if you are setting it up on a dedicated machine +and you have control of the operating system to use, the Bugzilla team +wholeheartedly recommends Linux as an extremely versatile, stable, and robust +operating system that provides an ideal environment for Bugzilla. In that +case, you may want to read the :ref:`Quick Start instructions <quick-start>`. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + quick-start + linux + windows + mac-os-x + essential-post-install-config + optional-post-install-config + migrating + moving + upgrading + backups + sanity-check + merging-accounts + multiple-bugzillas diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/installing-end.inc.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/installing-end.inc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e34395ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/installing-end.inc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +localconfig +=========== + +You should now change into the Bugzilla directory and run +:file:`checksetup.pl`, without any parameters: + +|checksetupcommand| + +:file:`checksetup.pl` will write out a file called :file:`localconfig`. +This file contains the default settings for a number of +Bugzilla parameters, the most important of which are the group your web +server runs as, and information on how to connect to your database. + +Load this file in your editor. You will need to check/change ``$db_driver`` +and ``$db_pass``, which are respectively the type of the database you are +using and the password for the ``bugs`` database user you have created. +``$db_driver`` can be either ``mysql``, ``Pg`` (PostgreSQL), ``Oracle`` or +``Sqlite``. All values are case sensitive. + +Set the value of ``$webservergroup`` to the group your web server runs as. + +* Fedora/Red Hat: ``apache`` +* Debian/Ubuntu: ``www-data`` +* Mac OS X: ``_www`` +* Windows: ignore this setting; it does nothing + +The other options in the :file:`localconfig` file are documented by their +accompanying comments. If you have a non-standard database setup, you may +need to change one or more of the other ``$db_*`` parameters. + +.. note:: If you are using Oracle, ``$db_name`` should be set to + the SID name of your database (e.g. ``XE`` if you are using Oracle XE). + +checksetup.pl +============= + +Next, run :file:`checksetup.pl` an additional time: + +|checksetupcommand| + +It reconfirms that all the modules are present, and notices the altered +localconfig file, which it assumes you have edited to your +satisfaction. It compiles the UI templates, +connects to the database using the ``bugs`` +user you created and the password you defined, and creates the +``bugs`` database and the tables therein. + +After that, it asks for details of an administrator account. Bugzilla +can have multiple administrators - you can create more later - but +it needs one to start off with. +Enter the email address of an administrator, his or her full name, +and a suitable Bugzilla password. + +:file:`checksetup.pl` will then finish. You may rerun +:file:`checksetup.pl` at any time if you wish. + +Success +======= + +Your Bugzilla should now be working. Check by running: + +|testservercommand| + +If that passes, access ``http://<your-bugzilla-server>/`` in your browser - +you should see the Bugzilla front page. Of course, if you installed Bugzilla +in a subdirectory, make sure that's in the URL. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/linux.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/linux.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b434f9e8e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/linux.rst @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +.. _linux: + +Linux +##### + +Some Linux distributions include Bugzilla and its dependencies in their +package management systems. If you have root access, installing Bugzilla on +any Linux system could be as simple as finding the Bugzilla package in the +package management application and installing it. There may be a small bit +of additional configuration required. + +If you are installing your machine from scratch, :ref:`quick-start` may be +the best instructions for you. + +.. _linux-install-packages: + +Install Packages +================ + +Use your distribution's package manager to install Perl, your preferred +database engine (MySQL if in doubt), and a webserver (Apache if in doubt). +Some distributions even have a Bugzilla package, although that will vary +in age. + +The commands below will install those things and some of Bugzilla's other +prerequisites as well. If you find a package doesn't install or the name +is not found, just remove it from the list and reissue the command. If you +want to use a different database or webserver, substitute the package +names as appropriate. + +Fedora and Red Hat +------------------ + +The following command will install Red Hat's packaged version of Bugzilla: + +:command:`yum install bugzilla httpd mysql-server` + +However, if you go this route, you need to read :bug:`415605`, which details +some problems with the Email::Send package. Then, you can skip to +:ref:`configuring your database <linux-config-database>`. It may be useful to +know that Fedora stores the Bugzilla files in :file:`/usr/share/bugzilla`, so +that's where you'll run :file:`checksetup.pl`. + +If you want to install a version of Bugzilla from the Bugzilla project, you +will instead need: + +:command:`yum install httpd mysql-server mod_perl mod_perl-devel httpd-devel +graphviz patchutils gcc 'perl(Apache2::SizeLimit)' 'perl(Authen::Radius)' +'perl(Authen::SASL)' 'perl(Cache::Memcached)' 'perl(CGI)' 'perl(Chart::Lines)' +'perl(Daemon::Generic)' 'perl(Date::Format)' 'perl(DateTime)' +'perl(DateTime::TimeZone)' 'perl(DBI)' 'perl(Digest::SHA)' 'perl(Email::MIME)' +'perl(Email::MIME::Attachment::Stripper)' 'perl(Email::Reply)' +'perl(Email::Sender)' 'perl(Encode)' 'perl(Encode::Detect)' +'perl(File::MimeInfo::Magic)' 'perl(File::Slurp)' 'perl(GD)' 'perl(GD::Graph)' +'perl(GD::Text)' 'perl(HTML::FormatText::WithLinks)' 'perl(HTML::Parser)' +'perl(HTML::Scrubber)' 'perl(IO::Scalar)' 'perl(JSON::RPC)' 'perl(JSON::XS)' +'perl(List::MoreUtils)' 'perl(LWP::UserAgent)' 'perl(Math::Random::ISAAC)' +'perl(MIME::Parser)' 'perl(mod_perl2)' 'perl(Net::LDAP)' 'perl(Net::SMTP::SSL)' +'perl(PatchReader)' 'perl(SOAP::Lite)' 'perl(Template)' +'perl(Template::Plugin::GD::Image)' 'perl(Test::Taint)' 'perl(TheSchwartz)' +'perl(URI)' 'perl(XMLRPC::Lite)' 'perl(XML::Twig)'` + +If you are running RHEL6, you will have to enable the "RHEL Server Optional" +channel in RHN to get some of those packages. + +If you plan to use SQlite as your database, you will need to also install +the appropriate packages for that. + +Ubuntu and Debian +----------------- + +:command:`apt-get install git nano` + +:command:`apt-get install apache2 mysql-server libappconfig-perl +libdate-calc-perl libtemplate-perl libmime-perl build-essential +libdatetime-timezone-perl libdatetime-perl libemail-sender-perl +libemail-mime-perl libemail-mime-modifier-perl libdbi-perl libdbd-mysql-perl +libcgi-pm-perl libmath-random-isaac-perl libmath-random-isaac-xs-perl +apache2-mpm-prefork libapache2-mod-perl2 libapache2-mod-perl2-dev +libchart-perl libxml-perl libxml-twig-perl perlmagick libgd-graph-perl +libtemplate-plugin-gd-perl libsoap-lite-perl libhtml-scrubber-perl +libjson-rpc-perl libdaemon-generic-perl libtheschwartz-perl +libtest-taint-perl libauthen-radius-perl libfile-slurp-perl +libencode-detect-perl libmodule-build-perl libnet-ldap-perl +libauthen-sasl-perl libtemplate-perl-doc libfile-mimeinfo-perl +libhtml-formattext-withlinks-perl libgd-dev lynx-cur graphviz python-sphinx` + +If you plan to use SQlite as your database, you will need to also install +the appropriate packages for that. + +Gentoo +------ + +:command:`emerge -av bugzilla` + +will install Bugzilla and all its dependencies. If you don't have the vhosts +USE flag enabled, Bugzilla will end up in :file:`/var/www/localhost/bugzilla`. + +Then, you can skip to :ref:`configuring your database +<linux-config-database>`. + +.. _linux-install-perl: + +Perl +==== + +Test which version of Perl you have installed with: +:: + + $ perl -v + +Bugzilla requires at least Perl |min-perl-ver|. + +.. _linux-install-bzfiles: + +Bugzilla +======== + +The best way to get Bugzilla is to check it out from git: + +:command:`git clone --branch bugzilla-X.X-stable https://git.mozilla.org/bugzilla/bugzilla` + +Run the above command in your home directory, replacing "X.X" with the 2-digit +version number of the stable release of Bugzilla that you want - e.g. "4.4". + +If that's not possible, you can +`download a tarball of Bugzilla <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/>`_. + +Place Bugzilla in a suitable directory, accessible by the default web server +user (probably ``apache`` or ``www-data``). +Good locations are either directly in the web server's document directory +(often :file:`/var/www/html`) or in :file:`/usr/local`, either with a +symbolic link to the web server's document directory or an alias in the web +server's configuration. + +.. warning:: The default Bugzilla distribution is NOT designed to be placed + in a :file:`cgi-bin` directory. This + includes any directory which is configured using the + ``ScriptAlias`` directive of Apache. + +.. _linux-install-perl-modules: + +Perl Modules +============ + +Bugzilla requires a number of Perl modules. You can install these globally +using your system's package manager, or install Bugzilla-only copies. At +times, Bugzilla may require a version of a Perl module newer than the one +your distribution packages, in which case you will need to install a +Bugzilla-only copy of the newer version. + +At this point you probably need to become ``root``, e.g. by using +:command:`su`. You should remain as root until the end of the install. This +can be avoided in some circumstances if you are a member of your webserver's +group, but being root is easier and will always work. + +To check whether you have all the required modules, run: + +:command:`./checksetup.pl --check-modules` + +You can run this command as many times as necessary. + +If you have not already installed the necessary modules, and want to do it +system-wide, invoke your package manager appropriately at this point. +Alternatively, you can install all missing modules locally (i.e. just for +Bugzilla) like this: + +:command:`./install-module.pl --all` + +Or, you can pass an individual module name: + +:command:`./install-module.pl <modulename>` + +.. note:: If you are using a package-based distribution, and attempting to + install the Perl modules from CPAN (e.g. by using :file:`install-module.pl`), + you may need to install the "development" + packages for MySQL and GD before attempting to install the related Perl + modules. The names of these packages will vary depending on the specific + distribution you are using, but are often called :file:`<packagename>-devel`. + + .. todo:: Give examples for Debian/Ubuntu and RedHat. + Convert this item to a bug after checkin. + +.. _linux-config-webserver: + +Web Server +========== + +Any web server that is capable of running CGI scripts can be made to work. +We have specific configuration instructions for the following: + +* :ref:`apache` + +.. _linux-config-database: + +Database Engine +=============== + +Bugzilla supports MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle and SQLite as database servers. +You only require one of these systems to make use of Bugzilla. MySQL is +most commonly used. SQLite is good for trial installations as it requires no +setup. Configure your server according to the instructions below: + +* :ref:`mysql` +* :ref:`postgresql` +* :ref:`oracle` +* :ref:`sqlite` + +.. |checksetupcommand| replace:: :command:`./checksetup.pl` +.. |testservercommand| replace:: :command:`./testserver.pl http://<your-bugzilla-server>/` + +.. include:: installing-end.inc.rst + +Next, do the :ref:`essential-post-install-config`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/mac-os-x.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/mac-os-x.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..545d2fa27 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/mac-os-x.rst @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +.. _mac-os-x: + +Mac OS X +######## + +.. _macosx-install-packages: + +.. note:: The Bugzilla team has very little Mac expertise and we've not been + able to do a successful install of the latest version. We got + close, though. If you've managed it, tell us how and we can update + these docs! + +Install Packages +================ + +OS X 10.7 provides Perl 5.12 and Apache 2.2. Install the following additional +packages: + +* git: Download an installer from + `the git website <http://www.git-scm.com/downloads>`_. +* MySQL: Download an installer from + `the MySQL website <http://dev.mysql.com/downloads/mysql/>`_. + +.. _macosx-install-bzfiles: + +Bugzilla +======== + +The best way to get Bugzilla is to check it out from git: + +:command:`git clone --branch bugzilla-X.X-stable https://git.mozilla.org/bugzilla/bugzilla` + +Run the above command in your home directory, replacing "X.X" with the 2-digit +version number of the stable release of Bugzilla that you want - e.g. "4.4". +This will place Bugzilla in the directory :file:`$HOME/bugzilla`. + +If that's not possible, you can +`download a tarball of Bugzilla <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/>`_. + +.. _macosx-libraries: + +Additional System Libraries +=========================== + +Apple does not include the GD library with Mac OS X. Bugzilla needs this if +you want to display bug graphs, and you need to install it before you try +installing the GD Perl module. + +You can use `MacPorts <http://www.macports.org/>`_, `Homebrew <http://brew.sh/>`_ or +`Fink <http://sourceforge.net/projects/fink/>`_, all of which can install common +Unix programs on Mac OS X. + +If you don't have one of the above installed already, pick one and follow the +instructions for setting it up. Then, use it to install the :file:`gd2` package +(MacPorts/Fink) or the :file:`gd` package (Brew). + +The package manager may prompt you to install a number of dependencies; you +will need to agree to this. + +.. note:: To prevent creating conflicts with the software that Apple + installs by default, Fink creates its own directory tree at :file:`/sw` + where it installs most of + the software that it installs. This means your libraries and headers + will be at :file:`/sw/lib` and :file:`/sw/include` instead + of :file:`/usr/lib` and :file:`/usr/include`. When the + Perl module config script for the GD module asks where your :file:`libgd` + is, be sure to tell it :file:`/sw/lib`. + +.. _macosx-install-perl-modules: + +Perl Modules +============ + +Bugzilla requires a number of Perl modules. On Mac OS X, the easiest thing to +do is to install local copies (rather than system-wide copies) of any ones +that you don't already have. However, if you do want to install them +system-wide, run the below commands as root with the :command:`--global` +option. + +To check whether you have all the required modules and what is still missing, +run: + +:command:`perl checksetup.pl --check-modules` + +You can run this command as many times as necessary. + +Install all missing modules locally like this: + +:command:`perl install-module.pl --all` + +.. _macosx-config-webserver: + +Web Server +========== + +Any web server that is capable of running CGI scripts can be made to work. +We have specific configuration instructions for the following: + +* :ref:`apache` + +You'll need to create a symbolic link so the webserver can see Bugzilla: + +:command:`cd /Library/WebServer/Documents` + +:command:`sudo ln -s $HOME/bugzilla bugzilla` + +In :guilabel:`System Preferences` --> :guilabel:`Sharing`, enable the +:guilabel:`Web Sharing` checkbox to start Apache. + +.. _macosx-config-database: + +Database Engine +=============== + +Bugzilla supports MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle and SQLite as database servers. +You only require one of these systems to make use of Bugzilla. MySQL is +most commonly used on Mac OS X. (In fact, we have no reports of anyone using +anything else.) Configure your server according to the instructions below: + +* :ref:`mysql` +* :ref:`postgresql` +* :ref:`oracle` +* :ref:`sqlite` + +.. |checksetupcommand| replace:: :command:`perl checksetup.pl` +.. |testservercommand| replace:: :command:`perl testserver.pl http://<your-bugzilla-server>/` + +.. include:: installing-end.inc.rst + +Next, do the :ref:`essential-post-install-config`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/merging-accounts.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/merging-accounts.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4dbdb807f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/merging-accounts.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Merging Accounts +################ + +Sometimes, users create a second account, perhaps because they don't realise +they can change the email address associated with their original account. +And then, once they discover this, they don't want to abandon the history +associated with either account. + +The best way forward in this case would be to merge one of their accounts +into the other one, so it looked like the target account had done all the +actions of both. In Bugzilla's :file:`contrib` directory, there is a script +called :file:`merge-users.pl`. While code in this directory is not officially +supported by the Bugzilla team, this script may be useful to you in +solving the above problem. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-1.inc.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-1.inc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d834a8605 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-1.inc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +.. This file is included in multiple places, so can't have labels as they + appear as duplicates. + +The procedure to migrate to Git is as follows. The idea is to switch version +control systems without changing the version of Bugzilla you are using, +to minimise the risk of conflict or problems. Any upgrade can then +happen as a separate step. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-2.inc.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-2.inc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9328077f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-2.inc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +.. This file is included in multiple places, so can't have labels as they + appear as duplicates. + +Download Code from Git +====================== + +First, you need to find what version of Bugzilla you are using. It should be +in the top right corner of the front page but, if not, open the file +:file:`Bugzilla/Constants.pm` in your Bugzilla directory and search for +``BUGZILLA_VERSION``. + +Then, you need to download an additional copy of your *current* version of +Bugzilla from the git repository, and place it in a separate directory +alongside your existing Bugzilla installation (which we will assume is in a +directory called :file:`bugzilla`). + +To do this, you will need a copy of the :command:`git` program. All Linux +distributions have it; search your package manager for "git". On Windows or +Mac OS X, you can +`download the official build <http://www.git-scm.com/downloads>`_. + +Once git is installed, run these commands to pull a copy of Bugzilla: + +:command:`git clone https://git.mozilla.org/bugzilla/bugzilla bugzilla-new` + +:command:`cd bugzilla-new` + +:command:`git checkout release-$VERSION` + +Replace $VERSION with the three-digit version number of your current Bugzilla, +e.g. "4.2.2". (If the the final digit would have been a 0, omit it - so use +"4.4" for the first release in the 4.4 series.) + +You will get a message about a 'detached HEAD'. Don't worry; your head is +still firmly attached to your shoulders. + +Save Any Local Customizations +============================= + +Go into your original Bugzilla directory and run this command: + +|diffcommand| + +If you have made customizations to your Bugzilla, and you made them by +changing the Bugzilla code itself (rather than using the Extension system), +then :file:`patch.diff` will have significant content. You will want to keep a copy +of those changes by keeping a copy of this file and any files referenced in it +by "Only in" lines. If the file has zero size or only insignificant content, +you haven't made any local customizations of this sort. + +Shut Down Bugzilla +================== + +At this point, you should shut down Bugzilla to make sure nothing changes +while you make the switch. Go into the administrative interface and put an +appropriate message into the :param:`shutdownhtml` parameter, which is in the +"General" section of the administration parameters. As the name implies, HTML +is allowed. + +This would be a good time to make :ref:`backups`. We shouldn't be affecting +the database, but you can't be too careful. + +Copy Across Data and Modules +============================ + +Copy the contents of the following directories from your current installation +of Bugzilla into the corresponding directory in :file:`bugzilla-new/`: + +.. code-block:: none + + lib/ + data/ + template/en/custom (may or may not exist) + +You also need to copy any extensions you have written or installed, which are +in the :file:`extensions/` directory. |extstatusinfo| + +Lastly, copy the following file from your current installation of Bugzilla +into the corresponding place in :file:`bugzilla-new/`: + +.. code-block:: none + + localconfig + +This file contains your database password and access details. Because your +two versions of Bugzilla are the same, this should all work fine. + +Reapply Local Customizations +============================ + +If your :file:`patch.diff` file was zero sized, you can +jump to the next step. Otherwise, you have to apply the patch to your new +installation. If you are on Windows and you don’t have the :command:`patch` +program, you can download it from +`GNUWin <http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/patch.htm>`_. Once +downloaded, you must copy patch.exe into the Windows directory. + +Copy :file:`patch.diff` into the :file:`bugzilla-new` directory and then do: + +:command:`patch -p0 --dry-run < patch.diff` + +The patch should apply cleanly because you have exactly the same version of +Bugzilla in both directories. If it does, remove the :command:`--dry-run` and +rerun the command to apply it for real. If it does not apply cleanly, it is +likely that you have managed to get a Bugzilla version mismatch between the +two directories. + +Swap The New Version In +======================= + +Now we swap the directories over, and run checksetup.pl to confirm that all +is well. From the directory containing the :file:`bugzilla` and +:file:`bugzilla-new` directories, run: + +:command:`mv bugzilla bugzilla-old` + +:command:`mv bugzilla-new bugzilla` + +:command:`cd bugzilla` + +:command:`./checksetup.pl` + +Running :file:`checksetup.pl` should not result in any changes to your database at +the end of the run. If it does, then it's most likely that the two versions +of Bugzilla you have are not, in fact, the same. + +Re-enable Bugzilla +================== + +Go into the administrative interface and clear the contents of the +:param:`shutdownhtml` parameter. + +Test Bugzilla +============= + +Use your Bugzilla for several days to check that the switch has had no +detrimental effects. Then, if necessary, follow the instructions in +:ref:`upgrading-with-git` to upgrade to the latest version of Bugzilla. + +Rolling Back +============ + +If something goes wrong at any stage of the switching process (e.g. your +patch doesn't apply, or checksetup doesn't complete), you can always just +switch the directories back (if you've got that far) and re-enable Bugzilla +(if you disabled it) and then seek help. Even if you have re-enabled Bugzilla, +and find a problem a little while down the road, you are still using the same +version so there would be few side effects to switching the directories back +a day or three later. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-a-tarball.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-a-tarball.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..852cb8dbe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-a-tarball.rst @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +.. _migrating-from-a-tarball: + +Migrating from a Tarball +######################## + +.. |diffcommand| replace:: :command:`diff -ru -x data -x lib -x docs -x .git -x CVS -x .cvsignore -x .bzr -x .bzrignore -x .bzrrev ../bugzilla-new . > ../patch.diff` + +.. |extstatusinfo| replace:: Copy across any subdirectories which do not exist + in your new install. + +The procedure to migrate to Git is as follows. The idea is to switch without +changing the version of Bugzilla you are using, to minimise the risk of +conflict or problems. Any upgrade can then happen as a separate step. + +.. include:: migrating-from-2.inc.rst diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-bzr.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-bzr.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da6809a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-bzr.rst @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +.. _migrating-from-bazaar: + +Migrating from Bazaar +##################### + +.. |updatecommand| replace:: :command:`bzr up -r tag:bugzilla-$VERSION` +.. |diffcommand| replace:: :command:`bzr diff > patch.diff` +.. |extstatusinfo| replace:: The command :command:`bzr status extensions/` should help you work out what you added, if anything. + +.. include:: migrating-from-1.inc.rst +.. include:: migrating-from-2.inc.rst diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-cvs.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-cvs.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76f6253f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating-from-cvs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +.. _migrating-from-cvs: + +Migrating from CVS +################## + +.. |updatecommand| replace:: :command:`cvs update -rBUGZILLA-$VERSION-STABLE -dP` +.. |diffcommand| replace:: :command:`cvs diff -puN > patch.diff` +.. |extstatusinfo| replace:: The command :command:`cvs status extensions/` should help you work out what you added, if anything. + +.. include:: migrating-from-1.inc.rst +.. include:: migrating-from-2.inc.rst + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b842dd3d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/migrating.rst @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +.. _migrating-from-other-btses: + +Migrating From Other Bug-Tracking Systems +######################################### + +Bugzilla has a framework you can use for migrating from other bug-tracking +systems - +`Bugzilla::Migrate <http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/tip/en/html/api/Bugzilla/Migrate.html>`_. +It provides the infrastructure you will need, +but requires a module to be written to define the specifics of the system you +are coming from. One exists for +`Gnats <https://www.gnu.org/software/gnats/>`_. If you write one for a +popular system, please share your code with us. + +Alternatively, Bugzilla comes with a script, :file:`importxml.pl`, which +imports bugs in Bugzilla's XML format. You can see examples of this format +by clicking the :guilabel:`XML` link at the bottom of a bug in a running +Bugzilla. You would need to read the script to see how it handles errors, +default values, creating non-existing values and so on. + +Bugzilla::Migrate is preferred if possible. + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/moving.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/moving.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..966acda07 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/moving.rst @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +.. _moving: + +Moving Bugzilla Between Machines +################################ + +Sometimes it's necessary to take a working installation of Bugzilla and move +it to new hardware. This page explains how to do that, assuming that you +have Bugzilla's webserver and database on the same machine, and you are moving +both of them. + +You are advised to install the same version of Bugzilla on the new +machine as the old machine - any :ref:`upgrade <upgrading>` you also need to +do can then be done as a separate step. But if you do install a newer version, +things should still work. + +1. Shut down your Bugzilla by loading the front page, going to + :guilabel:`Administration` | :guilabel:`Parameters` | :guilabel:`General` + and putting some explanatory text into the :param:`shutdownhtml` parameter. + +2. Make a :ref:`backup <backups>` of the bugs database. + +3. On your new machine, install Bugzilla using the instructions at + :ref:`installing`. Look at the old machine if you need to know what values + you used for configuring e.g. MySQL. + +4. Copy the :file:`data` directory and the :file:`localconfig` file from the + old Bugzilla installation to the new one. + +5. If anything about your database configuration changed (location of the + server, username, password, etc.) as part of the move, update the + appropriate variables in :file:`localconfig`. + +6. If the new URL to your new Bugzilla installation is different from the old + one, update the :param:`urlbase` parameter in :file:`data/params.json` + using a text editor. + +7. Copy the database backup file from your old server to the new one. + +8. Create an empty ``bugs`` database on the new server. For MySQL, that would + look like this: + + :command:`mysql -u root -p -e "CREATE DATABASE bugs DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8;"` + +9. Import your backup file into your new ``bugs`` database. Again, for MySQL: + + :command:`mysql -u root -p bugs < $BACKUP_FILE_NAME` + + If you get an error about "packet too large" or "MySQL server has gone + away", you need to adjust the ``max_allowed_packet`` setting in + your :file:`my.cnf` file (usually :file:`/etc/my.cnf`) file to match or + exceed the value configured in the same file in your old version of MySQL. + + If there are *any* errors during this step, you have to work out what + went wrong, and then drop the database, create it again using the step + above, and run the import again. + +10. Run :file:`checksetup.pl` to make sure all is OK. + (Unless you are using a newer version of Bugzilla on your new server, this + should not make any changes.) + + :command:`./checksetup.pl` + +11. Activate your new Bugzilla by loading the front page on the new server, + going to :guilabel:`Administration` | :guilabel:`Parameters` | + :guilabel:`General` and removing the text from the :param:`shutdownhtml` + parameter. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/multiple-bugzillas.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/multiple-bugzillas.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e2d7951f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/multiple-bugzillas.rst @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +.. _multiple-bz-dbs: + +One Installation, Multiple Instances +#################################### + +This is a somewhat specialist feature; if you don't know whether you need it, +you don't. It is useful to admins who want to run many separate instances of +Bugzilla from a single installed codebase. + +This is possible by using the ``PROJECT`` environment variable. When accessed, +Bugzilla checks for the existence of this variable, and if present, uses +its value to check for an alternative configuration file named +:file:`localconfig.<PROJECT>` in the same location as +the default one (:file:`localconfig`). It also checks for +customized templates in a directory named +:file:`<PROJECT>` in the same location as the +default one (:file:`template/<langcode>`). By default +this is :file:`template/en/default` so ``PROJECT``'s templates +would be located at :file:`template/en/PROJECT`. + +To set up an alternate installation, just export ``PROJECT=foo`` before +running :command:`checksetup.pl` for the first time. It will +result in a file called :file:`localconfig.foo` instead of +:file:`localconfig`. Edit this file as described above, with +reference to a new database, and re-run :command:`checksetup.pl` +to populate it. That's all. + +Now you have to configure the web server to pass this environment +variable when accessed via an alternate URL, such as virtual host for +instance. The following is an example of how you could do it in Apache, +other Webservers may differ. + +.. code-block:: apache + + <VirtualHost 12.34.56.78:80> + ServerName bugzilla.example.com + SetEnv PROJECT foo + </VirtualHost> + +Don't forget to also export this variable before accessing Bugzilla +by other means, such as repeating tasks like those above. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/mysql.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/mysql.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1107547a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/mysql.rst @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +.. _mysql: + +MySQL +##### + +You need MySQL version 5.0.15 or higher. + +It's possible to test which version of MySQL you have installed with: + +:command:`mysql -V` + +Installing +========== + +Windows +------- + +Download the MySQL 32-bit or 64-bit MSI installer from the +`MySQL website <http://www.mysql.com/downloads/mysql/>`_ (~28 MB). + +MySQL has a standard Windows installer. It's ok to select a Typical MySQL +install (the default). The rest of this documentation assumes assume you +have installed MySQL into :file:`C:\\mysql`. Adjust paths appropriately if not. + +Linux/Mac OS X +-------------- + +The package install instructions given previously should have installed MySQL +on your machine, if it didn't come with it already. Run: + +:command:`mysql_secure_installation` + +and follow its advice. + +If you did install MySQL manually rather than from a package, make sure the +server is started when the machine boots. + +.. _mysql-add-user: + +Add a User +========== + +You need to add a new MySQL user for Bugzilla to use. Run the :file:`mysql` +command-line client and enter: + +:: + + GRANT SELECT, INSERT, + UPDATE, DELETE, INDEX, ALTER, CREATE, LOCK TABLES, + CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES, DROP, REFERENCES ON bugs.* + TO bugs@localhost IDENTIFIED BY '$DB_PASS'; + + FLUSH PRIVILEGES; + +You need to replace ``$DB_PASS`` with a strong password you have chosen. +Write that password down somewhere. + +The above command permits an account called ``bugs`` +to connect from the local machine, ``localhost``. Modify the command to +reflect your setup if you will be connecting from another +machine or as a different user. + +Change Configuration +==================== + +To change MySQL's configuration, you need to edit your MySQL +configuration file, which is: + +* Red Hat/Fedora: :file:`/etc/my.cnf` +* Debian/Ubuntu: :file:`/etc/mysql/my.cnf` +* Windows: :file:`C:\\mysql\\bin\\my.ini` +* Mac OS X: :file:`/etc/my/cnf` + +.. _mysql-max-allowed-packet: + +Allow Large Attachments and Many Comments +----------------------------------------- + +By default on some systems, MySQL will only allow you to insert things +into the database that are smaller than 1MB. + +Bugzilla attachments +may be larger than this. Also, Bugzilla combines all comments +on a single bug into one field for full-text searching, and the +combination of all comments on a single bug could in some cases +be larger than 1MB. + +We recommend that you allow at least 16MB packets by +adding or altering the ``max_allowed_packet`` parameter in your MySQL +configuration in the ``[mysqld]`` section, so that the number is at least +16M, like this (note that it's ``M``, not ``MB``): + +:: + + [mysqld] + # Allow packets up to 16M + max_allowed_packet=16M + +.. _mysql-small-words: + +Allow Small Words in Full-Text Indexes +-------------------------------------- + +By default, words must be at least four characters in length +in order to be indexed by MySQL's full-text indexes. This causes +a lot of Bugzilla-specific words to be missed, including "cc", +"ftp" and "uri". + +MySQL can be configured to index those words by setting the +``ft_min_word_len`` param to the minimum size of the words to index. + +:: + + [mysqld] + # Allow small words in full-text indexes + ft_min_word_len=2 + +.. _mysql-attach-table-size: + +Permit Attachments Table to Grow Beyond 4GB +=========================================== + +This is optional configuration for Bugzillas which are expected to become +very large, and needs to be done after Bugzilla is fully installed. + +By default, MySQL will limit the size of a table to 4GB. +This limit is present even if the underlying filesystem +has no such limit. To set a higher limit, run the :file:`mysql` +command-line client and enter the following, replacing ``$bugs_db`` +with your Bugzilla database name (which is ``bugs`` by default): + +.. code-block:: sql + + USE $bugs_db; + + ALTER TABLE attachments AVG_ROW_LENGTH=1000000, MAX_ROWS=20000; + +The above command will change the limit to 20GB. MySQL will have +to make a temporary copy of your entire table to do this, so ideally +you should do this when your attachments table is still small. + +.. note:: If you have set the setting in Bugzilla which allows large + attachments to be stored on disk, the above change does not affect that. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/optional-post-install-config.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/optional-post-install-config.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91d5245d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/optional-post-install-config.rst @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +.. _optional-post-install-config: + +Optional Post-Install Configuration +################################### + +Bugzilla has a number of optional features. This section describes how +to configure or enable them. + +.. _recurring-tasks: + +Recurring Tasks +=============== + +Several of the below features require you to set up a script to run at +recurring intervals. The method of doing this varies by operating system. + +Linux +----- + +Run: + +:command:`crontab -e` + +This should bring up the crontab file in your editor. Add the relevant +cron line from the sections below in order to enable the corresponding +feature. + +Windows +------- + +Windows comes with a Task Scheduler. To run a particular script, do the +following: + +#. :guilabel:`Control Panel` --> :guilabel:`Scheduled Tasks` --> + :guilabel:`Add Scheduled Task` + +#. Next + +#. Browse + +#. Find :file:`perl.exe` (normally :file:`C:\\Perl\\bin\\perl.exe`) + +#. Give the task a name, such as "Bugzilla <scriptname>" + +#. Request the task be performed at your desired time and interval + +#. If you're running Apache as a user, not as SYSTEM, enter that user + here. Otherwise you're best off creating an account that has write access + to the Bugzilla directory and using that + +#. Tick "Open Advanced Properties.." and click Finish + +#. Append the script name to the end of the "Run" field. eg + :command:`C:\\Perl\\bin\\perl.exe C:\\Bugzilla\\<scriptname>` + +#. Change "start in" to the Bugzilla directory + +.. _installation-bug-graphs: + +Bug Graphs +========== + +If you have installed the necessary Perl modules, as indicated by +:file:`checksetup.pl`, you can ask Bugzilla to regularly collect statistics +so that you can see graphs and charts. + +On Linux, use a cron line as follows: + +.. code-block:: none + + 5 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./collectstats.pl + +On Windows, schedule the :file:`collectstats.pl` script to run daily. + +After two days have passed you'll be able to view bug graphs from +the Reports page. + +.. _installation-whining: + +Whining +======= + +Users can configure Bugzilla to annoy them at regular intervals, by having +Bugzilla execute saved searches at certain times and emailing the results to +the user. This is known as "Whining". The details of how a user configures +Whining is described in :ref:`whining`, but for it to work a Perl script must +be executed at regular intervals. + +On Linux, use a cron line as follows: + +.. code-block:: none + + */15 * * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./whine.pl + +On Windows, schedule the :file:`whine.pl` script to run every 15 minutes. + +.. _installation-whining-cron: + +Whining at Untriaged Bugs +========================= + +It's possible for bugs to languish in an untriaged state. Bugzilla has a +specific system to issue complaints about this particular problem to all the +relevant engineers automatically by email. + +On Linux, use a cron line as follows: + +.. code-block:: none + + 55 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./whineatnews.pl + +On Windows, schedule the :file:`whineatnews.pl` script to run daily. + +Dependency Graphs +================= + +Bugzilla can draw graphs of the dependencies (depends on/blocks relationships) +between bugs, if you install a package called :file:`dot`. + +Linux +----- + +Put the complete path to the :file:`dot` command (from the ``graphviz`` +package) in the :param:`webdotbase` parameter. E.g. :paramval:`/usr/bin/dot`. + +Windows +------- + +Download and install Graphviz from +`the Graphviz website <http://www.graphviz.org/Download_windows.php>`_. Put +the complete path to :file:`dot.exe` in the :param:`webdotbase` parameter, +using forward slashes as path separators. E.g. +:paramval:`C:/Program Files/ATT/Graphviz/bin/dot.exe`. + +Documentation +============= + +Bugzilla has extensive documentation and help, written in +`reStructured Text <http://sphinx-doc.org/rest.html>`_ +format. A generic compiled copy exists on +`bugzilla.readthedocs.org <https://bugzilla.readthedocs.org/>`_, and +:guilabel:`Help` links point to it by default. If you want to build and use a +local copy of the documentation, perhaps because you have added Bugzilla +extensions which come with documentation, or because your users don't have +Internet access from their machines, then: + +* Install `Sphinx <http://sphinx-doc.org/>`_ + (:file:`python-sphinx` package on Debian/Ubuntu) + +Then run :command:`docs/makedocs.pl` in your Bugzilla directory. + +Bugzilla will automatically detect that you've compiled the documentation +and link to it in preference to the copy on the Internet. Don't forget to +recompile it when you upgrade Bugzilla or install new extensions. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/oracle.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/oracle.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..860b61fe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/oracle.rst @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.. _oracle: + +Oracle +###### + +.. warning:: Bugzilla supports Oracle, but none of the current developers run + it. Your mileage may vary. + +You need Oracle version 10.02.0 or later. + +.. _oracle-tablespace: + +Create a New Tablespace +======================= + +You can use the existing tablespace or create a new one for Bugzilla. +To create a new tablespace, run the following command: + +:: + + CREATE TABLESPACE bugs + DATAFILE '*$path_to_datafile*' SIZE 500M + AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 30M MAXSIZE UNLIMITED + +Here, the name of the tablespace is 'bugs', but you can +choose another name. *$path_to_datafile* is +the path to the file containing your database, for instance +:file:`/u01/oradata/bugzilla.dbf`. +The initial size of the database file is set in this example to 500 Mb, +with an increment of 30 Mb everytime we reach the size limit of the file. + +.. _oracle-add-user: + +Add a User to Oracle +==================== + +The user name and password must match what you set in :file:`localconfig` +(``$db_user`` and ``$db_pass``, respectively). Here, we assume that +the user name is 'bugs' and the tablespace name is the same +as above. + +:: + + CREATE USER bugs + IDENTIFIED BY "$db_pass" + DEFAULT TABLESPACE bugs + TEMPORARY TABLESPACE TEMP + PROFILE DEFAULT; + -- GRANT/REVOKE ROLE PRIVILEGES + GRANT CONNECT TO bugs; + GRANT RESOURCE TO bugs; + -- GRANT/REVOKE SYSTEM PRIVILEGES + GRANT UNLIMITED TABLESPACE TO bugs; + GRANT EXECUTE ON CTXSYS.CTX_DDL TO bugs; + +.. _oracle_webserver: + +Configure the Web Server +======================== + +If you use Apache, append these lines to :file:`httpd.conf` +to set ORACLE_HOME and LD_LIBRARY_PATH. For instance: + +.. code-block:: apache + + SetEnv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/ + SetEnv LD_LIBRARY_PATH /u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/lib/ + +When this is done, restart your web server. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/postgresql.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/postgresql.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d0ec1d49 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/postgresql.rst @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +.. _postgresql: + +PostgreSQL +########## + +Test which version of PostgreSQL you have installed with: + +:command:`psql -V` + +You need PostgreSQL version 8.03.0000 or higher. + +If you install PostgreSQL manually rather than from a package, make sure the +server is started when the machine boots. + +.. _posgresql-add-user: + +Add a User +========== + +You need to add a new user to PostgreSQL for the Bugzilla +application to use when accessing the database. The following instructions +assume the defaults in :file:`localconfig`; if you +changed those, you need to modify the commands appropriately. + +On most systems, to create a user in PostgreSQL, login as the root user, and +then switch to being the postgres (Unix) user: + +:command:`su - postgres` + +As the postgres user, you then need to create a new user: + +:command:`createuser -U postgres -dRSP bugs` + +When asked for a password, provide one and write it down for later reference. + +The created user will not be a superuser (-S) and will not be able to create +new users (-R). He will only have the ability to create databases (-d). + +.. _postgresql-access: + +Permit Access +============= + +Edit the file :file:`pg_hba.conf` which is +usually located in :file:`/var/lib/pgsql/data/`. In this file, +you will need to add a new line to it as follows: + +:: + + host all bugs 127.0.0.1 255.255.255.255 md5 + +This means that for TCP/IP (host) connections, allow connections from +'127.0.0.1' to 'all' databases on this server from the 'bugs' user, and use +password authentication ('md5') for that user. + +Now, you will need to stop and start PostgreSQL fully. (Do not use any +'restart' command, due to the possibility of a change to +:file:`postgresql.conf`.) diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/quick-start.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/quick-start.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ace2106ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/quick-start.rst @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +.. _quick-start: + +Quick Start (Ubuntu Linux 14.04) +################################ + +This quick start guide makes installing Bugzilla as simple as possible for +those who are able to choose their environment. It creates a system using +Ubuntu Linux 14.04 LTS, Apache and MySQL, and installs Bugzilla as the default +home page. It requires a little familiarity with Linux and the command line. + +Obtain Your Hardware +==================== + +Ubuntu 14.04 LTS Server requires a 64-bit processor. +Bugzilla itself has no prerequisites beyond that, although you should pick +reliable hardware. You can also probably use any 64-bit virtual machine +or cloud instance that you have root access on. + +Install the OS +============== + +Get `Ubuntu Server 14.04 LTS <http://www.ubuntu.com/download/server>`_ +and follow the `installation instructions <http://www.ubuntu.com/download/server/install-ubuntu-server>`_. +Here are some tips: + +* Choose any server name you like. +* When creating the initial Linux user, call it ``bugzilla``, give it a + strong password, and write that password down. +* You do not need an encrypted home directory. +* Choose all the defaults for the "partitioning" part (excepting of course + where the default is "No" and you need to press "Yes" to continue). +* Choose "install security updates automatically" unless you want to do + them manually. +* From the install options, choose "OpenSSH Server" and "LAMP Server". +* Set the password for the MySQL root user to a strong password, and write + that password down. +* Install the Grub boot loader to the Master Boot Record. + +Reboot when the installer finishes. + +Become root +=========== + +ssh to the machine as the 'bugzilla' user, or start a console. Then: + +:command:`sudo su` + +Install Prerequisites +===================== + +:command:`apt-get install git nano` + +:command:`apt-get install apache2 mysql-server libappconfig-perl libdate-calc-perl libtemplate-perl libmime-perl build-essential libdatetime-timezone-perl libdatetime-perl libemail-sender-perl libemail-mime-perl libemail-mime-modifier-perl libdbi-perl libdbd-mysql-perl libcgi-pm-perl libmath-random-isaac-perl libmath-random-isaac-xs-perl apache2-mpm-prefork libapache2-mod-perl2 libapache2-mod-perl2-dev libchart-perl libxml-perl libxml-twig-perl perlmagick libgd-graph-perl libtemplate-plugin-gd-perl libsoap-lite-perl libhtml-scrubber-perl libjson-rpc-perl libdaemon-generic-perl libtheschwartz-perl libtest-taint-perl libauthen-radius-perl libfile-slurp-perl libencode-detect-perl libmodule-build-perl libnet-ldap-perl libauthen-sasl-perl libtemplate-perl-doc libfile-mimeinfo-perl libhtml-formattext-withlinks-perl libgd-dev lynx-cur python-sphinx` + +This will take a little while. It's split into two commands so you can do +the next steps (up to step 7) in another terminal while you wait for the +second command to finish. If you start another terminal, you will need to +:command:`sudo su` again. + +Download Bugzilla +================= + +Get it from our Git repository: + +:command:`cd /var/www` + +:command:`rm -rf html` + +:command:`git clone --branch bugzilla-X.X-stable https://git.mozilla.org/bugzilla/bugzilla html` + +(where "X.X" is the 2-digit version number of the stable release of Bugzilla +that you want - e.g. 4.4) + +:command:`cd html` + +Configure MySQL +=============== + +The following instructions use the simple :file:`nano` editor, but feel +free to use any text editor you are comfortable with. + +:command:`nano /etc/mysql/my.cnf` + +Set the following values, which increase the maximum attachment size and +make it possible to search for short words and terms: + +* Alter on Line 52: ``max_allowed_packet=100M`` +* Add as new line 31, in the ``[mysqld]`` section: ``ft_min_word_len=2`` + +Save and exit. + +Then, add a user to MySQL for Bugzilla to use: + +:command:`mysql -u root -p -e "GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON bugs.* TO bugs@localhost IDENTIFIED BY '$db_pass'"` + +Replace ``$db_pass`` with a strong password you have generated. Write it down. +When you run the above command, it will prompt you for the MySQL root password +that you configured when you installed Ubuntu. You should make ``$db_pass`` +different to that password. + +Restart MySQL: + +:command:`service mysql restart` + +Configure Apache +================ + +:command:`nano /etc/apache2/sites-available/bugzilla.conf` + +Paste in the following and save: + +.. code-block:: apache + + ServerName localhost + + <Directory /var/www/html> + AddHandler cgi-script .cgi + Options +ExecCGI + DirectoryIndex index.cgi index.html + AllowOverride Limit FileInfo Indexes Options + </Directory> + +:command:`a2ensite bugzilla` + +:command:`a2enmod cgi headers expires` + +:command:`service apache2 restart` + +Check Setup +=========== + +Bugzilla comes with a :file:`checksetup.pl` script which helps with the +installation process. It will need to be run twice. The first time, it +generates a config file (called :file:`localconfig`) for the database +access information, and the second time (step 10) +it uses the info you put in the config file to set up the database. + +:command:`cd /var/www/html` + +:command:`./checksetup.pl` + +Edit :file:`localconfig` +======================== + +:command:`nano localconfig` + +You will need to set the following values: + +* Line 29: set ``$webservergroup`` to ``www-data`` +* Line 67: set ``$db_pass`` to the password for the ``bugs`` user you created + in MySQL a few steps ago + +Check Setup (again) +=================== + +Run the :file:`checksetup.pl` script again to set up the database. + +:command:`./checksetup.pl` + +It will ask you to give an email address, real name and password for the +first Bugzilla account to be created, which will be an administrator. +Write down the email address and password you set. + +Test Server +=========== + +:command:`./testserver.pl http://localhost/` + +All the tests should pass. You will get warnings about deprecation from +the ``Chart::Base`` Perl module; just ignore those. + +.. todo:: Chart::Base gives confusing deprecation warnings :-| + https://rt.cpan.org/Public/Bug/Display.html?id=79658 , unfixed for + 2 years. :bug:`1070117`. + +Access Via Web Browser +====================== + +Access the front page: + +:command:`lynx http://localhost/` + +It's not really possible to use Bugzilla for real through Lynx, but you +can view the front page to validate visually that it's up and running. + +You might well need to configure your DNS such that the server has, and +is reachable by, a name rather than IP address. Doing so is out of scope +of this document. In the mean time, it is available on your local network +at ``http://<ip address>/``, where ``<ip address>`` is (unless you have +a complex network setup) the "inet addr" value displayed when you run +:command:`ifconfig eth0`. + +Configure Bugzilla +================== + +Once you have worked out how to access your Bugzilla in a graphical +web browser, bring up the front page, click :guilabel:`Log In` in the +header, and log in as the admin user you defined in step 10. + +Click the :guilabel:`Parameters` link on the page it gives you, and set +the following parameters in the :guilabel:`Required Settings` section: + +* :param:`urlbase`: + :paramval:`http://<servername>/` or :paramval:`http://<ip address>/` + +Click :guilabel:`Save Changes` at the bottom of the page. + +There are several ways to get Bugzilla to send email. The easiest is to +use Gmail, so we do that here so you have it working. Visit +https://gmail.com and create a new Gmail account for your Bugzilla to use. +Then, open the :guilabel:`Email` section of the Parameters using the link +in the left column, and set the following parameter values: + +* :param:`mail_delivery_method`: :paramval:`SMTP` +* :param:`mailfrom`: :paramval:`new_gmail_address@gmail.com` +* :param:`smtpserver`: :paramval:`smtp.gmail.com:465` +* :param:`smtp_username`: :paramval:`new_gmail_address@gmail.com` +* :param:`smtp_password`: :paramval:`new_gmail_password` +* :param:`smtp_ssl`: :paramval:`On` + +Click :guilabel:`Save Changes` at the bottom of the page. + +And you're all ready to go. :-) diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/sanity-check.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/sanity-check.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f8fb11c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/sanity-check.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +.. _sanity-check: + +Sanity Check +############ + +Over time it is possible for the Bugzilla database to become corrupt +or to have anomalies. This could happen through manual database +administration outside of the Bugzilla user interface, or from some +other unexpected event. Bugzilla includes a "Sanity Check" that +can perform several basic database checks, and repair certain problems or +inconsistencies. + +To run a Sanity Check, log in as an Administrator and click the +:guilabel:`Sanity Check` link in the admin page. Any problems that are found +will be displayed in red letters. If the script is capable of fixing a +problem, it will present a link to initiate the fix. If the script cannot +fix the problem it will require manual database administration or recovery. + +Sanity Check can also be run from the command line via the perl +script :file:`sanitycheck.pl`. The script can also be run as +a :command:`cron` job. Results will be delivered by email to an address +specified on the command line. + +Sanity Check should be run on a regular basis as a matter of +best practice. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/sqlite.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/sqlite.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf5953666 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/sqlite.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. _sqlite: + +SQLite +###### + +.. warning:: Due to SQLite's `concurrency + limitations <http://sqlite.org/faq.html#q5>`_ we recommend SQLite only for + small and development Bugzilla installations. + +Once you have SQLite installed, no additional configuration is required to +run Bugzilla. + +The database will be stored in :file:`$BUGZILLA_HOME/data/db/$db_name`, where +``$db_name`` is the database name defined in :file:`localconfig`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-customizations.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-customizations.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99c6a9f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-customizations.rst @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +.. _upgrading-customizations: + +Upgrading a Customized or Extended Bugzilla +########################################### + +If your Bugzilla has been customized or uses extensions, you will need to +make your customizations or extensions work with your new version of Bugzilla. +If this is the case, you are particularly strongly recommended to do a test +upgrade on a test system and use that to help you port forward your +customizations. + +If your extension came from a third party, look to see if an updated version +is available for the version of Bugzilla you are upgrading to. If not, and +you want to continue using it, you'll need to port it forward yourself. + +If you are upgrading from a version of Bugzilla earlier than 3.6 and have +extensions for which a newer version is not available from an upstream source, +then you need to convert them. This is because the extension format changed +in version 3.6. There is a file called :file:`extension-convert.pl` in the +:file:`contrib` directory which may be able to help you with that. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-1.inc.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-1.inc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4861f6ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-1.inc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Before You Upgrade +================== + +Before you start your upgrade, there are a few important +steps to take: + +#. Read the + `Release Notes <http://www.bugzilla.org/releases/>`_ of the version you're + upgrading to and all intermediate versions, particularly the "Notes for + Upgraders" sections, if present. They may make you aware of additional + considerations. + +#. Run the :ref:`sanity-check` on your installation. Attempt to fix all + warnings that the page produces before you start, or it's + possible that you may experience problems during your upgrade. + +#. Work out how to :ref:`back up <backups>` your Bugzilla entirely, and + how to restore from a backup if need be. + +Customized Bugzilla? +-------------------- + +If you have modified the code or templates of your Bugzilla, +then upgrading requires a bit more thought and effort than the simple process +below. See :ref:`template-method` for a discussion of the various methods of +code customization that may have been used. + +The larger the jump you are trying to make, the more difficult it +is going to be to upgrade if you have made local code customizations. +Upgrading from 4.2 to 4.2.1 should be fairly painless even if +you are heavily customized, but going from 2.18 to 4.2 is going +to mean a fair bit of work re-writing your local changes to use +the new files, logic, templates, etc. If you have done no local +changes at all, however, then upgrading should be approximately +the same amount of work regardless of how long it has been since +your version was released. + +If you have made customizations, you should do the upgrade on a test system +with the same configuration and make sure all your customizations still work. +If not, port and test them so you have them ready to reapply once you do +the upgrade for real. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-2.inc.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-2.inc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8e2dbfaa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-2.inc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Upgrading the Database +====================== + +Run :file:`checksetup.pl`. This will do everything required to convert +your existing database and settings to the new version. + +:command:`cd $BUGZILLA_HOME` + +:command:`./checksetup.pl` + + .. warning:: For some upgrades, running :file:`checksetup.pl` on a large + installation (75,000 or more bugs) can take a long time, + possibly several hours, if e.g. indexes need to be rebuilt. If this + length of downtime would be a problem for you, you can determine + timings for your particular situation by doing a test upgrade on a + development server with the production data. + +:file:`checksetup.pl` may also tell you that you need some additional +Perl modules, or newer versions of the ones you have. You will need to +install these, either system-wide or using the :file:`install-module.pl` +script that :file:`checksetup.pl` recommends. + +Finishing The Upgrade +===================== + +#. Reactivate Bugzilla by clear the text that you put into the + :param:`shutdownhtml` parameter. + +#. Run another :ref:`sanity-check` on your + upgraded Bugzilla. It is recommended that you fix any problems + you see immediately. Failure to do this may mean that Bugzilla + may not work entirely correctly. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-a-tarball.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-a-tarball.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bbfb3158 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-a-tarball.rst @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +.. _upgrading-with-a-tarball: + +Upgrading with a Tarball +######################## + +If you are unable (or unwilling) to use Git, another option is to obtain a +tarball of the latest version from our website and upgrade your Bugzilla +installation using that. + +Without a source code management system to help you, the process may be +trickier. + +.. include:: upgrading-with-1.inc.rst + +As you are using a tarball and not an SCM, it's not at all easy to see if +you've made local code customizations. You may have to use institutional +knowledge, or download a fresh copy of your *current* version of Bugzilla +and compare the two directories. If you find that you have, you'll need +to turn them into a patch file, perhaps by diffing the two directories, +and then reapply that patch file later. If you are customizing Bugzilla +locally, please consider +:ref:`rebasing your install on top of git <migrating-from-a-tarball>`. + +.. _upgrade-files-tarball: + +Getting The New Bugzilla +======================== + +Download a copy of the latest version of Bugzilla from the +`Download Page <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/>`_ into a separate +directory (which we will call :file:`bugzilla-new`) alongside your existing +Bugzilla installation (which we will assume is in a directory called +:file:`bugzilla`). + +Copy Across Data and Modules +============================ + +Copy the contents of the following directories from your current installation +of Bugzilla into the corresponding directory in :file:`bugzilla-new/`: + +.. code-block:: none + + lib/ + data/ + template/en/custom (may or may not exist) + +You also need to copy any extensions you have written or installed, which are +in the :file:`extensions/` directory. Bugzilla ships with some extensions, +so again if you want to know if any of the installed extensions are yours, +you may have to compare with a clean copy of your current version. You can +disregard any which have a :file:`disabled` file - those are not enabled. + +Lastly, copy the following file from your current installation of Bugzilla +into the corresponding place in :file:`bugzilla-new/`: + +.. code-block:: none + + localconfig + +This file contains your database password and access details. + +Swap The New Version In +======================= + +Now we swap the directories over. From the directory containing the +:file:`bugzilla` and :file:`bugzilla-new` directories, run: + +:command:`mv bugzilla bugzilla-old` + +:command:`mv bugzilla-new bugzilla` + +:command:`cd bugzilla` + +.. include:: upgrading-with-2.inc.rst diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-git.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-git.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78b4fb1e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading-with-git.rst @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.. _upgrading-with-git: + +Upgrading with Git +################## + +Upgrading to new Bugzilla releases is very simple, and you can upgrade +from any version to any later version in one go - there is no need for +intermediate steps. There is a script named :file:`checksetup.pl` included +with Bugzilla that will automatically do all of the database migration +for you. + +.. include:: upgrading-with-1.inc.rst + +You can see if you have local code customizations using: + +:command:`git diff` + +If that comes up empty, then run: + +:command:`git log | head` + +and see if the last commit looks like one made by the Bugzilla team, or +by you. If it looks like it was made by us, then you have made no local +code customizations. + +.. _start-upgrade-git: + +Starting the Upgrade +==================== + +When you are ready to go: + +#. Shut down your Bugzilla installation by putting some explanatory text + in the :param:`shutdownhtml` parameter. + +#. Make all necessary :ref:`backups <backups>`. + *THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT*. If anything goes wrong during the upgrade, + having a backup allows you to roll back to a known good state. + +.. _upgrade-files-git: + +Getting The New Bugzilla +======================== + +In the commands below, ``$BUGZILLA_HOME`` represents the directory +in which Bugzilla is installed. Assuming you followed the installation +instructions and your Bugzilla is a checkout of a stable branch, +you can get the latest point release of your current version by simply doing: + +:command:`cd $BUGZILLA_HOME` + +:command:`git pull` + +If you want to upgrade to a newer release of Bugzilla, then you will +additionally need to do: + +:command:`git checkout bugzilla-X.X-stable` + +where "X.X" is the 2-digit version number of the stable version you want to +upgrade to (e.g. "4.4"). + +.. note:: Do not attempt to downgrade Bugzilla this way - it won't work. + +If you have local code customizations, git will attempt to merge them. If +it fails, then you should implement the plan you came up with when you +detected these customizations in the step above, before you started the +upgrade. + +.. include:: upgrading-with-2.inc.rst diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f43897fb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/upgrading.rst @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +.. _upgrading: + +Upgrading +######### + +You can upgrade Bugzilla from any version to any later version in one go - +there is no need to pass through intermediate versions unless you are changing +the method by which you obtain the code along the way. + +.. warning:: Upgrading is a one-way process. You cannot "downgrade" an + upgraded Bugzilla. If you wish to revert to the old Bugzilla + version for any reason, you will have to restore your system + from a backup. Those with critical data or large installations may wish + to test the upgrade on a development server first, using a copy of the + production data and configuration. + +Bugzilla uses the Git version control system to store its code. A modern +Bugzilla installation consists of a checkout of a stable version of the code +from our Git repository. This makes upgrading much easier. If this is +already true of your installation, see :ref:`upgrading-with-git`. + +Before Git, we used to use Bazaar and, before that, CVS. If your installation +of Bugzilla consists of a checkout from one of those two systems, you need to +upgrade in three steps: + +1. Upgrade to the latest point release of your current Bugzilla version. +2. Move to Git while staying on exactly the same release. +3. Upgrade to the latest Bugzilla using the instructions for :ref:`upgrading-with-git`. + +See :ref:`migrating-from-bazaar` or :ref:`migrating-from-cvs` as appropriate. + +Some Bugzillas were installed simply by downloading a copy of the code as +an archive file ("tarball"). However, recent tarballs have included source +code management system information, so you may be able to use the Git, Bzr +or CVS instructions. + +If you aren't sure which of these categories you fall into, to find out which +version control system your copy of Bugzilla recognizes, look for the +following subdirectories in your root Bugzilla directory: + +* :file:`.git`: you installed using Git - follow :ref:`upgrading-with-git`. +* :file:`.bzr`: you installed using Bazaar - follow :ref:`migrating-from-bazaar`. +* :file:`CVS`: you installed using CVS - follow :ref:`migrating-from-cvs`. +* None of the above: you installed using an old tarball - follow + :ref:`migrating-from-a-tarball`. + +It is also possible, particularly if your server machine does not have and +cannot be configured to have access to the public internet, to upgrade using +a tarball. See :ref:`upgrading-with-a-tarball`. + +Whichever path you use, you may need help with +:ref:`upgrading-customizations`. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + upgrading-with-git + migrating-from-bzr + migrating-from-cvs + migrating-from-a-tarball + upgrading-with-a-tarball + upgrading-customizations + +Bugzilla can automatically notify administrators when new releases are +available if the :param:`upgrade_notification` parameter is set. +Administrators will see these notifications when they access the Bugzilla home +page. Bugzilla will check once per day for new releases. If you are behind a +proxy, you may have to set the :param:`proxy_url` parameter accordingly. If +the proxy requires authentication, use the +:paramval:`http://user:pass@proxy_url/` syntax. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installing/windows.rst b/docs/en/rst/installing/windows.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c182bd084 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installing/windows.rst @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +.. _windows: + +Windows +####### + +Making Bugzilla work on Windows is more difficult than making it work on Unix, +fewer Bugzilla developers use it and so it's less well supported. We would +particularly recommend against doing it for a large site. However, if +you are still determined to go ahead, here's how. + +.. windows-install-perl: + +ActiveState Perl +================ + +ActiveState make a popular distribution of Perl for Windows. + +Download the ActiveState Perl 5.12.4 or higher MSI installer from the +`ActiveState website <http://www.activestate.com/activeperl/downloads>`_. + +ActiveState Perl uses a standard Windows Installer. Install, sticking with +the defaults, which will install Perl into :file:`C:\\Perl`. It is not +recommended to install Perl into a directory containing a space, such as +:file:`C:\\Program Files`. + +Once the install has completed, log out and log in again to pick up the +changes to the ``PATH`` environment variable. + +.. _windows-install-bzfiles: + +Bugzilla +======== + +The best way to get Bugzilla is to check it out from git. Download and install +git from the `git website <http://git-scm.com/download>`_, and then run: + +:command:`git clone --branch bugzilla-X.X-stable https://git.mozilla.org/bugzilla/bugzilla C:\\bugzilla` + +where "X.X" is the 2-digit version number of the stable release of Bugzilla +that you want (e.g. 4.4). + +The rest of this documentation assumes you have installed Bugzilla into +:file:`C:\\bugzilla`. Adjust paths appropriately if not. + +If it's not possible to use git (e.g. because your Bugzilla machine has no +internet access), you can +`download a tarball of Bugzilla <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/>`_ and +copy it across. Bugzilla comes as a 'tarball' (:file:`.tar.gz` extension), +which any competent Windows archiving tool should be able to open. + +.. windows-install-perl-modules: + +Perl Modules +============ + +Bugzilla requires a number of perl modules to be installed. They are +available in the ActiveState repository, and are installed with the +:file:`ppm` tool. You can either use it on the command line, as below, +or just type :command:`ppm`, and you will get a GUI. + +If you use a proxy server or a firewall you may have trouble running PPM. +This is covered in the +`ActivePerl FAQ <http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/docs/ActivePerl/faq/ActivePerl-faq2.html#ppm_and_proxies>`_. + +Install the following modules with: + +:command:`ppm install <modulename>` + +* CGI.pm +* Digest-SHA +* TimeDate +* DateTime +* DateTime-TimeZone +* DBI +* Template-Toolkit +* Email-Sender +* Email-MIME +* URI +* List-MoreUtils +* Math-Random-ISAAC +* File-Slurp +* JSON-XS +* Win32 +* Win32-API + +The following modules enable various optional Bugzilla features; try and +install them, but don't worry too much to begin with if you can't get them +installed: + +* GD +* Chart +* Template-GD +* GDTextUtil +* GDGraph +* MIME-tools +* libwww-perl +* XML-Twig +* PatchReader +* perl-ldap +* Authen-SASL +* Net-SMTP-SSL +* RadiusPerl +* SOAP-Lite +* XMLRPC-Lite +* JSON-RPC +* Test-Taint +* HTML-Parser +* HTML-Scrubber +* Encode +* Encode-Detect +* Email-Reply +* HTML-FormatText-WithLinks +* TheSchwartz +* Daemon-Generic +* mod_perl +* Apache-SizeLimit +* File-MimeInfo +* IO-stringy +* Cache-Memcached +* File-Copy-Recursive +* GraphViz + +.. warning:: These lists have been extracted from Bugzilla's source code and + have not been tested. Please let us know if you find errors in it + of any sort. + +.. note:: The :file:`install-module.pl` script doesn't work with ActivePerl + on Windows. + +.. _windows-config-webserver: + +Web Server +========== + +Any web server that is capable of running CGI scripts can be made to work. +We have specific instructions for the following: + +* :ref:`apache-windows` +* :ref:`iis` + +.. windows-config-database: + +Database Engine +=============== + +Bugzilla supports MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle and SQLite as database servers. +You only require one of these systems to make use of Bugzilla. MySQL is +most commonly used, and is the only one for which Windows instructions have +been tested. SQLite is good for trial installations as it requires no +setup. Configure your server according to the instructions below: + +* :ref:`mysql` +* :ref:`postgresql` +* :ref:`oracle` +* :ref:`sqlite` + +.. |checksetupcommand| replace:: :command:`checksetup.pl` +.. |testservercommand| replace:: :command:`testserver.pl http://<your-bugzilla-server>/` + +.. include:: installing-end.inc.rst + +If you don't see the main Bugzilla page, but instead see "It works!!!", +then somehow your Apache has not picked up your modifications to +:file:`httpd.conf`. If you are on Windows 7 or later, this could be due to a +new feature called "VirtualStore". `This blog post +<http://blog.netscraps.com/bugs/apache-httpd-conf-changes-ignored-in-windows-7.html>`_ +may help to solve the problem. + +If you get an "Internal Error..." message, it could be that +``ScriptInterpreterSource Registry-Strict`` is not set in your +:ref:`Apache configuration <apache-windows>`. Check again if it is set +properly. + +Next, do the :ref:`essential-post-install-config`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/integrating/apis.rst b/docs/en/rst/integrating/apis.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6067c12df --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/integrating/apis.rst @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +.. _api-list: + +APIs +#### + +Bugzilla has a number of APIs that you can call in your code to extract +information from and put information into Bugzilla. Some are deprecated and +will soon be removed. Which one to use? Short answer: the +:ref:`REST WebService API v1 <apis>` +should be used for all new integrations, but keep an eye out for version 2, +coming soon. + +The APIs currently available are as follows: + +Ad-Hoc APIs +=========== + +Various pages on Bugzilla are available in machine-parseable formats as well +as HTML. For example, bugs can be downloaded as XML, and buglists as CSV. +CSV is useful for spreadsheet import. There should be links on the HTML page +to alternate data formats where they are available. + +XML-RPC +======= + +Bugzilla has an `XML-RPC API +<http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/tip/en/html/api/Bugzilla/WebService/Server/XMLRPC.html>`_. +This will receive no further updates and will be removed in a future version +of Bugzilla. + +Endpoint: :file:`/xmlrpc.cgi` + +JSON-RPC +======== + +Bugzilla has a `JSON-RPC API +<http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/tip/en/html/api/Bugzilla/WebService/Server/JSONRPC.html>`_. +This will receive no further updates and will be removed in a future version +of Bugzilla. + +Endpoint: :file:`/jsonrpc.cgi` + +REST +==== + +Bugzilla has a :ref:`REST API <apis>` which is the currently-recommended API +for integrating with Bugzilla. The current REST API is version 1. It is stable, +and so will not be changed in a backwardly-incompatible way. + +**This is the currently-recommended API for new development.** + +Endpoint: :file:`/rest` + +BzAPI/BzAPI-Compatible REST +=========================== + +The first ever REST API for Bugzilla was implemented using an external proxy +called `BzAPI <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:BzAPI>`_. This became popular +enough that a BzAPI-compatible shim on top of the (native) REST API has been +written, to allow code which used the BzAPI API to take advantage of the +speed improvements of direct integration without needing to be rewritten. +The shim is an extension which you would need to install in your Bugzilla. + +Neither BzAPI nor this BzAPI-compatible API shim will receive any further +updates, and they should not be used for new code. + +REST v2 +======= + +The future of Bugzilla's APIs is version 2 of the REST API, which will take +the best of the current REST API and the BzAPI API. It is still under +development. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/integrating/extensions.rst b/docs/en/rst/integrating/extensions.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18c5341d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/integrating/extensions.rst @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +.. _extensions: + +Extensions +########## + +One of the best ways to customize Bugzilla is by using a Bugzilla +Extension. Extensions can modify both the code and UI of Bugzilla in a way +that can be distributed to other Bugzilla users and ported forward to future +versions of Bugzilla with minimal effort. We maintain a +`list of available extensions <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Addons>`_ +written by other people on our wiki. You would need to +make sure that the extension in question works with your version of Bugzilla. + +Or, you can write your own extension. See the `Bugzilla Extension +documentation <http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/tip/en/html/api/Bugzilla/Extension.html>`_ +for the core documentation on how to do that. It would make sense to read +the section on :ref:`templates`. There is also a sample extension in +:file:`$BUGZILLA_HOME/extensions/Example/` which gives examples of how to +use all the code hooks. + +This section explains how to achieve some common tasks using the Extension APIs. + +Adding A New Page to Bugzilla +============================= + +There are occasions where it's useful to add a new page to Bugzilla which +has little or no relation to other pages, and perhaps doesn't use very much +Bugzilla data. A help page, or a custom report for example. The best mechanism +for this is to use :file:`page.cgi` and the ``page_before_template`` hook. + +Altering Data On An Existing Page +================================= + +The ``template_before_process`` hook can be used to tweak the data displayed +on a particular existing page, if you know what template is used. It has +access to all the template variables before they are passed to the templating +engine. + +Adding New Fields To Bugs +========================= + +To add new fields to a bug, you need to do the following: + +* Add an ``install_update_db`` hook to add the fields by calling + ``Bugzilla::Field->create`` (only if the field doesn't already exist). + Here's what it might look like for a single field: + + .. code-block:: perl + + my $field = new Bugzilla::Field({ name => $name }); + return if $field; + + $field = Bugzilla::Field->create({ + name => $name, + description => $description, + type => $type, # From list in Constants.pm + enter_bug => 0, + buglist => 0, + custom => 1, + }); + +* Push the name of the field onto the relevant arrays in the ``bug_columns`` + and ``bug_fields`` hooks. + +* If you want direct accessors, or other functions on the object, you need to + add a BEGIN block to your Extension.pm: + + .. code-block:: perl + + BEGIN { + *Bugzilla::Bug::is_foopy = \&_bug_is_foopy; + } + + ... + + sub _bug_is_foopy { + return $_[0]->{'is_foopy'}; + } + +* You don't have to change ``Bugzilla/DB/Schema.pm``. + +* You can use ``bug_end_of_create``, ``bug_end_of_create_validators``, and + ``bug_end_of_update`` to create or update the values for your new field. + +Adding New Fields To Other Things +================================= + +If you are adding the new fields to an object other than a bug, you need to +go a bit lower-level. With reference to the instructions above: + +* In ``install_update_db``, use ``bz_add_column`` instead + +* Push on the columns in ``object_columns`` and ``object_update_columns`` + instead of ``bug_columns``. + +* Add validators for the values in ``object_validators`` + +The process for adding accessor functions is the same. + +You can use the hooks ``object_end_of_create``, +``object_end_of_create_validators``, ``object_end_of_set_all``, and +``object_end_of_update`` to create or update the values for the new object +fields you have added. In the hooks you can check the object type being +operated on and skip any objects you don't care about. For example, if you +added a new field to the ``products`` table: + +.. code-block:: perl + + sub object_end_of_create { + my ($self, $args) = @_; + my $class = $args->{'class'}; + my $object = $args->{'object'}; + if ($class->isa('Bugzilla::Product') { + [...] + } + } + +You will need to do this filtering for most of the hooks whose names begin with +``object_``. + +Adding Admin Configuration Panels +================================= + +If you add new functionality to Bugzilla, it may well have configurable +options or parameters. The way to allow an administrator to set those +is to add a new configuration panel. + +As well as using the ``config_add_panels`` hook, you will need a template to +define the UI strings for the panel. See the templates in +:file:`template/en/default/admin/params` for examples, and put your own +template in :file:`template/en/default/admin/params` in your extension's +directory. + +You can access param values from Templates using:: + + [% Param('param_name') %] + +and from code using: + +.. code-block:: perl + + Bugzilla->params->{'param_name'} + +Adding User Preferences +======================= + +To add a new user preference: + +* Call ``add_setting('setting_name', ['some_option', 'another_option'], + 'some_option')`` in the ``install_before_final_checks`` hook. (The last + parameter is the name of the option which should be the default.) + +* Add descriptions for the identifiers for your setting and choices + (setting_name, some_option etc.) to the hash defined in + :file:`global/setting-descs.none.tmpl`. Do this in a template hook: + :file:`hook/global/setting-descs-settings.none.tmpl`. Your code can see the + hash variable; just set more members in it. + +* To change behaviour based on the setting, reference it in templates using + ``[% user.settings.setting_name.value %]``. Reference it in code using + ``$user->settings->{'setting_name'}->{'value'}``. The value will be one of + the option tag names (e.g. some_option). + +.. _who-can-change-what: + +Altering Who Can Change What +============================ + +Companies often have rules about which employees, or classes of employees, +are allowed to change certain things in the bug system. For example, +only the bug's designated QA Contact may be allowed to VERIFY the bug. +Bugzilla has been +designed to make it easy for you to write your own custom rules to define +who is allowed to make what sorts of value transition. + +By default, assignees, QA owners and users +with *editbugs* privileges can edit all fields of bugs, +except group restrictions (unless they are members of the groups they +are trying to change). Bug reporters also have the ability to edit some +fields, but in a more restrictive manner. Other users, without +*editbugs* privileges, cannot edit +bugs, except to comment and add themselves to the CC list. + +Because this kind of change is such a common request, we have added a +specific hook for it that :ref:`extensions` can call. It's called +``bug_check_can_change_field``, and it's documented `in the Hooks +documentation <http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/tip/en/html/api/Bugzilla/Hook.html#bug_check_can_change_field>`_. + +Checking Syntax +=============== + +It's not immediately obvious how to check the syntax of your extension's +Perl modules, if it contains any. Running :command:`checksetup.pl` might do +some of it, but the errors aren't necessarily massively informative. + +:command:`perl -Mlib=lib -MBugzilla -e 'BEGIN { Bugzilla->extensions; } use Bugzilla::Extension::ExtensionName::Class;'` + +(run from ``$BUGZILLA_HOME``) is what you need. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/integrating/faq.rst b/docs/en/rst/integrating/faq.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f8b59ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/integrating/faq.rst @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + +.. _customization-faq: + +Customization FAQ +================= + +How do I... + +...add a new field on a bug? + Use :ref:`custom-fields` or, if you just want new form fields on bug entry + but don't need Bugzilla to track the field seperately thereafter, you can + use a :ref:`custom bug entry form <custom-bug-entry>`. + +...change the name of a built-in bug field? + :ref:`Edit <templates>` the relevant value in the template + :file:`template/en/default/global/field-descs.none.tmpl`. + +...use a word other than 'bug' to describe bugs? + :ref:`Edit or override <templates>` the appropriate values in the template + :file:`template/en/default/global/variables.none.tmpl`. + +...call the system something other than 'Bugzilla'? + :ref:`Edit or override <templates>` the appropriate value in the template + :file:`template/en/default/global/variables.none.tmpl`. + +...alter who can change what field when? + See :ref:`who-can-change-what`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/integrating/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/integrating/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..816ffe8e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/integrating/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +.. highlight:: perl + +.. _integrating: + +=================================== +Integration and Customization Guide +=================================== + +You may find that Bugzilla already does what you want it to do, you just +need to configure it correctly. Read the :ref:`administering` sections +carefully to see if that's the case for you. If not, then this chapter +explains how to use the available mechanisms for integration and customization. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + faq + languages + skins + templates + extensions + apis diff --git a/docs/en/rst/integrating/languages.rst b/docs/en/rst/integrating/languages.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01586d3fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/integrating/languages.rst @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Languages +========= + +Bugzilla's templates can be localized, although it's a `big job +<https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:L10n:Guide>`_. If you have +a localized set of templates for your version of Bugzilla, Bugzilla can +support multiple languages at once. In that case, Bugzilla honours the user's +``Accept-Language`` HTTP header when deciding which language to serve. If +multiple languages are installed, a menu will display in the header allowing +the user to manually select a different language. If they do this, their +choice will override the ``Accept-Language`` header. + +Many language templates can be obtained from +`the localization section of the Bugzilla website +<http://www.bugzilla.org/download.html#localizations>`_. Instructions +for submitting new languages are also available from that location. There's +also a `list of localization teams +<https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:L10n:Localization_Teams>`_; you might +want to contact someone to ask about the status of their localization. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/integrating/skins.rst b/docs/en/rst/integrating/skins.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cd08b4c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/integrating/skins.rst @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +.. _skins: + +Skins +===== + +Bugzilla supports skins - ways of changing the look of the UI without altering +its underlying structure. It ships with two - "Classic" and "Dusk". You can +find some more listed +`on the wiki <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Addons#Skins>`_, and there +are a couple more which are part of +`bugzilla.mozilla.org <http://git.mozilla.org/?p=webtools/bmo/bugzilla.git>`_. +However, in each +case you may need to check that the skin supports the version of Bugzilla +you have. + +To create a new custom skin, make a directory that contains all the same CSS +file names as :file:`skins/standard/`, and put your directory in +:file:`skins/contrib/`. Then, add your CSS to the appropriate files. + +After you put the directory there, make sure to run :file:`checksetup.pl` so +that it can set the file permissions correctly. + +After you have installed the new skin, it will show up as an option in the +user's :guilabel:`Preferences`, on the :guilabel:`General` tab. If you would +like to force a particular skin on all users, just select that skin in the +:guilabel:`Default Preferences` in the :guilabel:`Administration` UI, and +then uncheck "Enabled" on the preference, so users cannot change it. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/integrating/templates.rst b/docs/en/rst/integrating/templates.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f30b4a848 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/integrating/templates.rst @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +.. _templates: + +Templates +######### + +Bugzilla uses a system of templates to define its user interface. The standard +templates can be modified, replaced or overridden. You can also use template +hooks in an :ref:`extension <extensions>` to add or modify the +behaviour of templates using a stable interface. + +.. _template-directory: + +Template Directory Structure +============================ + +The template directory structure starts with top level directory +named :file:`template`, which contains a directory +for each installed localization. Bugzilla comes with English +templates, so the directory name is :file:`en`, +and we will discuss :file:`template/en` throughout +the documentation. Below :file:`template/en` is the +:file:`default` directory, which contains all the +standard templates shipped with Bugzilla. + +.. warning:: A directory :file:`data/template` also exists; + this is where Template Toolkit puts the compiled versions (i.e. Perl code) + of the templates. *Do not* directly edit the files in this + directory, or all your changes will be lost the next time + Template Toolkit recompiles the templates. + +.. _template-method: + +Choosing a Customization Method +=============================== + +If you want to edit Bugzilla's templates, the first decision +you must make is how you want to go about doing so. There are three +choices, and which you use depends mainly on the scope of your +modifications, and the method you plan to use to upgrade Bugzilla. + +#. You can directly edit the templates found in :file:`template/en/default`. + +#. You can copy the templates to be modified into a mirrored directory + structure under :file:`template/en/custom`. Templates in this + directory structure automatically override any identically-named + and identically-located templates in the + :file:`template/en/default` directory. (The :file:`custom` directory does + not exist by default and must be created if you want to use it.) + +#. You can use the hooks built into many of the templates to add or modify + the UI from an :ref:`extension <extensions>`. Hooks generally don't go away + and have a stable interface. + +The third method is the best if there are hooks in the appropriate places +and the change you want to do is possible using hooks. It's not very easy +to modify existing UI using hooks; they are most commonly used for additions. +You can make modifications if you add JS code which then makes the +modifications when the page is loaded. You can remove UI by adding CSS to hide +it. + +Unlike code hooks, there is no requirement to document template hooks, so +you just have to open up the template and see (search for ``Hook.process``). + +If there are no hooks available, then the second method of customization +should be used if you are going to make major changes, because it is +guaranteed that the contents of the :file:`custom` directory will not be +touched during an upgrade, and you can then decide whether +to revert to the standard templates, continue using yours, or make the effort +to merge your changes into the new versions by hand. It's also good for +entirely new files, and for a few files like +:file:`bug/create/user-message.html.tmpl` which are designed to be entirely +replaced. + +Using the second method, your user interface may break if incompatible +changes are made to the template interface. Templates do change regularly +and so interface changes are not individually documented, and you would +need to work out what had changed and adapt your template accordingly. + +For minor changes, the convenience of the first method is hard to beat. When +you upgrade Bugzilla, :command:`git` will merge your changes into the new +version for you. On the downside, if the merge fails then Bugzilla will not +work properly until you have fixed the problem and re-integrated your code. + +Also, you can see what you've changed using :command:`git diff`, which you +can't if you fork the file into the :file:`custom` directory. + +.. _template-edit: + +How To Edit Templates +===================== + +.. note:: If you are making template changes that you intend on submitting + back for inclusion in standard Bugzilla, you should read the relevant + sections of the + `Developers' Guide <http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/developer.html>`_. + +Bugzilla uses a templating system called Template Toolkit. The syntax of the +language is beyond the scope of this guide. It's reasonably easy to pick up by +looking at the current templates; or, you can read the manual, available on +the `Template Toolkit home page <http://www.template-toolkit.org>`_. + +One thing you should take particular care about is the need +to properly HTML filter data that has been passed into the template. +This means that if the data can possibly contain special HTML characters +such as ``<``, and the data was not intended to be HTML, they need to be +converted to entity form, i.e. ``<``. You use the ``html`` filter in the +Template Toolkit to do this (or the ``uri`` filter to encode special +characters in URLs). If you forget, you may open up your installation +to cross-site scripting attacks. + + +You should run :command:`./checksetup.pl` after editing any templates. Failure +to do so may mean either that your changes are not picked up, or that the +permissions on the edited files are wrong so the webserver can't read them. + +.. _template-formats: + +Template Formats and Types +========================== + +Some CGI's have the ability to use more than one template. For example, +:file:`buglist.cgi` can output itself as two formats of HTML (complex and +simple). Each of these is a separate template. The mechanism that provides +this feature is extensible - you can create new templates to add new formats. + +You might use this feature to e.g. add a custom bug entry form for a +particular subset of users or a particular type of bug. + +Bugzilla can also support different types of output - e.g. bugs are available +as HTML and as XML, and this mechanism is extensible also to add new content +types. However, instead of using such interfaces or enhancing Bugzilla to add +more, you would be better off using the :ref:`apis` to integrate with +Bugzilla. + +To see if a CGI supports multiple output formats and types, grep the +CGI for ``get_format``. If it's not present, adding +multiple format/type support isn't too hard - see how it's done in +other CGIs, e.g. :file:`config.cgi`. + +To make a new format template for a CGI which supports this, +open a current template for +that CGI and take note of the INTERFACE comment (if present.) This +comment defines what variables are passed into this template. If +there isn't one, I'm afraid you'll have to read the template and +the code to find out what information you get. + +Write your template in whatever markup or text style is appropriate. + +You now need to decide what content type you want your template +served as. The content types are defined in the +:file:`Bugzilla/Constants.pm` file in the :file:`contenttypes` +constant. If your content type is not there, add it. Remember +the three- or four-letter tag assigned to your content type. +This tag will be part of the template filename. + +Save your new template as +:file:`<stubname>-<formatname>.<contenttypetag>.tmpl`. +Try out the template by calling the CGI as +``<cginame>.cgi?format=<formatname>``. Add ``&ctype=<type>`` if the type is +not HTML. + +.. _template-specific: + +Particular Templates +==================== + +There are a few templates you may be particularly interested in +customizing for your installation. + +:file:`index.html.tmpl`: + This is the Bugzilla front page. + +:file:`global/header.html.tmpl`: + This defines the header that goes on all Bugzilla pages. + The header includes the banner, which is what appears to users + and is probably what you want to edit instead. However the + header also includes the HTML HEAD section, so you could for + example add a stylesheet or META tag by editing the header. + +:file:`global/banner.html.tmpl`: + This contains the ``banner``, the part of the header that appears + at the top of all Bugzilla pages. The default banner is reasonably + barren, so you'll probably want to customize this to give your + installation a distinctive look and feel. It is recommended you + preserve the Bugzilla version number in some form so the version + you are running can be determined, and users know what docs to read. + +:file:`global/footer.html.tmpl`: + This defines the footer that goes on all Bugzilla pages. Editing + this is another way to quickly get a distinctive look and feel for + your Bugzilla installation. + +:file:`global/variables.none.tmpl`: + This allows you to change the word 'bug' to something else (e.g. "issue") + throughout the interface, and also to change the name Bugzilla to something + else (e.g. "FooCorp Bug Tracker"). + +:file:`list/table.html.tmpl`: + This template controls the appearance of the bug lists created + by Bugzilla. Editing this template allows per-column control of + the width and title of a column, the maximum display length of + each entry, and the wrap behaviour of long entries. + For long bug lists, Bugzilla inserts a 'break' every 100 bugs by + default; this behaviour is also controlled by this template, and + that value can be modified here. + +:file:`bug/create/user-message.html.tmpl`: + This is a message that appears near the top of the bug reporting page. + By modifying this, you can tell your users how they should report + bugs. + +:file:`bug/process/midair.html.tmpl`: + This is the page used if two people submit simultaneous changes to the + same bug. The second person to submit their changes will get this page + to tell them what the first person did, and ask if they wish to + overwrite those changes or go back and revisit the bug. The default + title and header on this page read "Mid-air collision detected!" If + you work in the aviation industry, or other environment where this + might be found offensive (yes, we have true stories of this happening) + you'll want to change this to something more appropriate for your + environment. + +.. _custom-bug-entry: + +:file:`bug/create/create.html.tmpl` and :file:`bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl`: + You may not wish to go to the effort of creating custom fields in + Bugzilla, yet you want to make sure that each bug report contains + a number of pieces of important information for which there is not + a special field. The bug entry system has been designed in an + extensible fashion to enable you to add arbitrary HTML widgets, + such as drop-down lists or textboxes, to the bug entry page + and have their values appear formatted in the initial comment. + + An example of this is the `guided bug submission form + <http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/enter_bug.cgi?product=WorldControl;format=guided>`_. + The code for this comes with the Bugzilla distribution as an example for + you to copy. It can be found in the files + :file:`create-guided.html.tmpl` and :file:`comment-guided.html.tmpl`. + + A hidden field that indicates the format should be added inside + the form in order to make the template functional. Its value should + be the suffix of the template filename. For example, if the file + is called :file:`create-guided.html.tmpl`, then + + :: + + <input type="hidden" name="format" value="guided"> + + is used inside the form. + + So to use this feature, create a custom template for + :file:`enter_bug.cgi`. The default template, on which you + could base it, is + :file:`default/bug/create/create.html.tmpl`. + Call it :file:`custom/bug/create/create-<formatname>.html.tmpl`, and + in it, add form inputs for each piece of information you'd like + collected - such as a build number, or set of steps to reproduce. + + Then, create a template based on + :file:`default/bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl`, and call it + :file:`custom/bug/create/comment-<formatname>.txt.tmpl`. + It needs a couple of lines of boilerplate at the top like this:: + + [% USE Bugzilla %] + [% cgi = Bugzilla.cgi % + + Then, this template can reference the form fields you have created using + the syntax ``[% cgi.param("field_name") %]``. When a bug report is + submitted, the initial comment attached to the bug report will be + formatted according to the layout of this template. + + For example, if your custom enter_bug template had a field:: + + <input type="text" name="buildid" size="30"> + + and then your comment.txt.tmpl had:: + + [% USE Bugzilla %] + [% cgi = Bugzilla.cgi %] + Build Identifier: [%+ cgi.param("buildid") %] + + then something like:: + + Build Identifier: 20140303 + + would appear in the initial comment. + + This system allows you to gather structured data in bug reports without + the overhead and UI complexity of a large number of custom fields. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/style.rst b/docs/en/rst/style.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa3957b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/style.rst @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +:orphan: + +.. _style-guide: + +============================== +Writing Bugzilla Documentation +============================== + +The Bugzilla documentation uses +`reStructured Text (reST) <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_, +as extended by our documentation compilation tool, +`Sphinx <http://sphinx-doc.org/>`_. This document is a reST document for +demonstration purposes. To learn from it, you need to read it in reST form. + +When you build the docs, this document gets built (at least in +the HTML version) as a standalone file, although it isn't as useful in that +form because some of the directives discussed are invisible or change when +rendered. + +`The Sphinx documentation <http://sphinx-doc.org/latest/rest.html>`_ +gives a good introduction to reST and the Sphinx-specific extensions. Reading +that one immediately-linked page should be enough to get started. Later, the +`inline markup section <http://sphinx-doc.org/latest/markup/inline.html>`_ +is worth a read. + +Bugzilla's particular documentation conventions are as follows: + +Block Directives +################ + +Chapter headings use the double-equals, page title headings the #, and then +the three other levels are headings within a page. Every heading should be +preceded by an anchor, with a globally-unique name with no spaces. Now, we +demonstrate the available heading levels we haven't used yet: + +.. _uniqueanchorname: + +Third Level Heading +=================== + +Fourth Level Heading +-------------------- + +Fifth Level Heading +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +(Although try not to use headings as deep as the 5th level.) + +Make links to anchors like this: :ref:`uniqueanchorname`. It'll pick up the +following heading name automatically and use it as the link text. Don't use +standard reST internal links like `uniqueanchorname`_ - they don't work +across files. + +Comments are done like this: + +.. This is a comment. It can go on to multiple lines. Follow-on lines need to + be indented. + +Other block types: + +.. note:: This is just a note, for your information. Like all double-dot + blocks, follow-on lines need to be indented. + +.. warning:: This is a warning of a potential serious problem you should be + aware of. + +.. todo:: This is some documentation-related task that still needs doing. + +Use both of the above block types sparingly. Consider putting the information +in the main text, omitting it, or (if long) placing it in a subsidiary file. + +Code gets highlighted using Pygments. Choose the highlighter at the top of +each file using: + +.. highlight:: console + +You can change the highlighter for a particular block by introducing it like +this: + +.. code-block:: perl + + # This is some Perl code + print "Hello"; + +There is a +`list of all available lexer names <http://pygments.org/docs/lexers/>`_ +available. We currently use ``console``, ``perl``, and ``sql``. ``none`` is +also a valid value. + +Use 4-space indentation, except where a different value is better so that +things line up. So normally two spaces for bulleted lists, and 3 spaces +for .. blocks. + +Inline Directives +################# + +.. warning:: Remember that reST does not support nested inline markup. So you + can't have a substitution inside a link, or bold inside italics. + +* A filename or a path to a filename: + :file:`/path/to/{variable-bit-of-path}/filename.ext` + +* A command to type in the shell: + :command:`command --arguments` + +* A parameter name: + :param:`shutdownhtml` + +* A parameter value: + :paramval:`DB` + +* A group name: + :group:`editbugs` + +* A bug field name: + :field:`Summary` + +* Any string from the UI: + :guilabel:`Administration` + +* A specific BMO bug: + :bug:`201069` diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/creating-an-account.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/creating-an-account.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ea42ee5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/creating-an-account.rst @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.. _creating-an-account: + +Creating an Account +################### + +If you want to use a particular installation of Bugzilla, first you need to +create an account. Ask the administrator responsible for your installation +for the URL you should use to access it. If you're test-driving Bugzilla, +you can use one of the installations on +`Landfill <http://landfill.bugzilla.org/>`_. + +The process of creating an account is similar to many other websites. + +#. On the home page, click the :guilabel:`New Account` link in the header. + Enter your email address, then click the ``Send`` + button. + + .. note:: If the :guilabel:`New Account` link is not available, this means that the + administrator of the installation has disabled self-registration. + Speak to the administrator to find out how to get an account. + +#. Within moments, you should + receive an email to the address you provided, which contains your + login name (generally the same as the email address), and a URL to + click to confirm your registration. + +#. Once you confirm your registration, Bugzilla will ask you your real name + (optional, but recommended) and ask you to choose a password. Depending + on how your Bugzilla is configured, there may be minimum complexity + requirements for the password. + +#. Now all you need to do is to click the :guilabel:`Log In` + link in the header or footer, + enter your email address and the password you just chose into the + login form, and click the :guilabel:`Log in` button. + +You are now logged in. Bugzilla uses cookies to remember you are +logged in, so, unless you have cookies disabled or your IP address changes, +you should not have to log in again during your session. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/editing.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/editing.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c147d9d3b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/editing.rst @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +.. _editing: + +Editing a Bug +############# + +.. _attachments: + +Attachments +=========== + +Attachments are used to attach relevant files to bugs - patches, screenshots, +test cases, debugging aids or logs, or anything else binary or too large to +fit into a comment. + +You should use attachments, rather than comments, for large chunks of plain +text data, such as trace, debugging output files, or log files. That way, it +doesn't bloat the bug for everyone who wants to read it, and cause people to +receive large, useless mails. + +You should make sure to trim screenshots. There's no need to show the +whole screen if you are pointing out a single-pixel problem. + +Bugzilla stores and uses a Content-Type for each attachment +(e.g. text/html). To download an attachment as a different +Content-Type (e.g. application/xhtml+xml), you can override this +using a 'content_type' parameter on the URL, e.g. +:file:`&content_type=text/plain`. + +Also, you can enter the URL pointing to the attachment instead of +uploading the attachment itself. For example, this is useful if you want to +point to an external application, a website or a very large file. + +It's also possible to create an attachment by pasting text directly in a text +field; Bugzilla will convert it into an attachment. This is pretty useful +when you are copying and pasting, to avoid the extra step of saving the text +in a temporary file. + +.. _editing-flags: + +Flags +===== + +To set a flag, select either :guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` from the drop-down +menu next to the name of the flag in the :guilabel:`Flags` list. The meaning +of these values are flag-specific and thus cannot be described in this +documentation, but by way of example, setting a flag named :guilabel:`review` +:guilabel:`+` may indicate that the bug/attachment has passed review, while +setting it to :guilabel:`-` may indicate that the bug/attachment has failed +review. + +To unset a flag, click its drop-down menu and select the blank value. +Note that marking an attachment as obsolete automatically cancels all +pending requests for the attachment. + +If your administrator has enabled requests for a flag, request a flag +by selecting :guilabel:`?` from the drop-down menu and then entering the +username of the user you want to set the flag in the text field next to the +menu. + +.. _time-tracking: + +Time Tracking +============= + +Users who belong to the group specified by the ``timetrackinggroup`` +parameter have access to time-related fields. Developers can see +deadlines and estimated times to fix bugs, and can provide time spent +on these bugs. Users who do not belong to this group can only see the deadline +but not edit it. Other time-related fields remain invisible to them. + +At any time, a summary of the time spent by developers on bugs is +accessible either from bug lists when clicking the ``Time Summary`` +button or from individual bugs when clicking the ``Summarize time`` +link in the time tracking table. The :file:`summarize_time.cgi` +page lets you view this information either per developer or per bug +and can be split on a month basis to have greater details on how time +is spent by developers. + +As soon as a bug is marked as RESOLVED, the remaining time expected +to fix the bug is set to zero. This lets QA people set it again for +their own usage, and it will be set to zero again when the bug is +marked as VERIFIED. + +.. _lifecycle: + +Life Cycle of a Bug +=================== + +The life cycle of a bug, also known as workflow, is customizable to match +the needs of your organization (see :ref:`workflow`). +The image below contains a graphical representation of +the default workflow using the default bug statuses. If you wish to +customize this image for your site, the +`diagram file <../../images/bzLifecycle.xml>`_ +is available in `Dia's <http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia>`_ +native XML format. + +.. image:: ../../images/bzLifecycle.png diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/extensions.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/extensions.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..752b50b9a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/extensions.rst @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +.. _installed-extensions-user: + +Installed Extensions +==================== + +Bugzilla can be enhanced using extensions (see :ref:`extensions`). If an +extension comes with documentation in the appropriate format, and you build +your own copy of the Bugzilla documentation using :file:`makedocs.pl`, then +the documentation for your installed extensions will show up here. + +Your Bugzilla installation has the following extensions available (as of the +last time you compiled the documentation): + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + :glob: + + ../extensions/*/index-user diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/filing.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/filing.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788cebbd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/filing.rst @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +.. _filing: + +Filing a Bug +############ + +Reporting a New Bug +=================== + +Years of bug writing experience has been distilled for your +reading pleasure into the +`Bug Writing Guidelines <http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html>`_. +While some of the advice is Mozilla-specific, the basic principles of +reporting Reproducible, Specific bugs and isolating the Product you are +using, the Version of the Product, the Component which failed, the Hardware +Platform, and Operating System you were using at the time of the failure go a +long way toward ensuring accurate, responsible fixes for the bug that bit you. + +.. note:: If you want to file a test bug to see how Bugzilla works, + you can do it on one of our test installations on + `Landfill <http://landfill.bugzilla.org/>`_. Please don't do it on anyone's + production Bugzilla installation. + +The procedure for filing a bug is as follows: + +#. Click the :guilabel:`New` link available in the header or footer + of pages, or the :guilabel:`File a Bug` link on the home page. + +#. First, you have to select the product in which you found a bug. + +#. You now see a form where you can specify the component (part of + the product which is affected by the bug you discovered; if you have + no idea, just select :guilabel:`General` if such a component exists), + the version of the program you were using, the operating system and + platform your program is running on and the severity of the bug (if the + bug you found crashes the program, it's probably a major or a critical + bug; if it's a typo somewhere, that's something pretty minor; if it's + something you would like to see implemented, then that's an enhancement). + +#. You also need to provide a short but descriptive summary of the bug you found. + "My program is crashing all the time" is a very poor summary + and doesn't help developers at all. Try something more meaningful or + your bug will probably be ignored due to a lack of precision. + In the Description, give a detailed list of steps to reproduce + the problem you encountered. Try to limit these steps to a minimum set + required to reproduce the problem. This will make the life of + developers easier, and the probability that they consider your bug in + a reasonable timeframe will be much higher. + + .. note:: Try to make sure that everything in the Summary is also in the + Description. Summaries are often updated and this will ensure your original + information is easily accessible. + +#. As you file the bug, you can also attach a document (testcase, patch, + or screenshot of the problem). + +#. Depending on the Bugzilla installation you are using and the product in + which you are filing the bug, you can also request developers to consider + your bug in different ways (such as requesting review for the patch you + just attached, requesting your bug to block the next release of the + product, and many other product-specific requests). + +#. Now is a good time to read your bug report again. Remove all misspellings; + otherwise, your bug may not be found by developers running queries for some + specific words, and so your bug would not get any attention. + Also make sure you didn't forget any important information developers + should know in order to reproduce the problem, and make sure your + description of the problem is explicit and clear enough. + When you think your bug report is ready to go, the last step is to + click the :guilabel:`Submit Bug` button to add your report into the database. + +.. _cloning-a-bug: + +Clone an Existing Bug +===================== + +Bugzilla allows you to "clone" an existing bug. The newly created bug will +inherit most settings from the old bug. This allows you to track similar +concerns that require different handling in a new bug. To use this, go to +the bug that you want to clone, then click the :guilabel:`Clone This Bug` +link on the bug page. This will take you to the :guilabel:`Enter Bug` +page that is filled with the values that the old bug has. +You can then change the values and/or text if needed. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/finding.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/finding.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8e18eef2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/finding.rst @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +.. _finding: + +Finding Bugs +############ + +Bugzilla has a number of different search options. + +.. note:: Bugzilla queries are case-insensitive and accent-insensitive when + used with either MySQL or Oracle databases. When using Bugzilla with + PostgreSQL, however, some queries are case sensitive. This is due to + the way PostgreSQL handles case and accent sensitivity. + +.. _quicksearch: + +Quicksearch +=========== + +Quicksearch is a single-text-box query tool. You'll find it in +Bugzilla's header or footer. + +Quicksearch uses +metacharacters to indicate what is to be searched. For example, typing + + ``foo|bar`` + +into Quicksearch would search for "foo" or "bar" in the +summary and status whiteboard of a bug; adding + + ``:BazProduct`` + +would search only in that product. + +You can also use it to go directly to a bug by entering its number or its +alias. + +Simple Search +============= + +Simple Search is good for finding one particular bug. It works like internet +search engines - just enter some keywords and off you go. + +Advanced Search +=============== + +The Advanced Search page is used to produce a list of all bugs fitting +exact criteria. `You can play with it on +Landfill <http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/query.cgi?format=advanced>`_. + +Advanced Search has controls for selecting different possible +values for all of the fields in a bug, as described above. For some +fields, multiple values can be selected. In those cases, Bugzilla +returns bugs where the content of the field matches any one of the selected +values. If none is selected, then the field can take any value. + +After a search is run, you can save it as a Saved Search, which +will appear in the page footer. If you are in the group defined +by the "querysharegroup" parameter, you may share your queries +with other users; see :ref:`saved-searches` for more details. + +.. _custom-search: + +Custom Search +============= + +Highly advanced querying is done using the :guilabel:`Custom Search` feature +of the :guilabel:`Advanced Search` page. + +The search criteria here further restrict the set of results +returned by a query, over and above those defined in the fields at the top +of the page. It is thereby possible to search for bugs +based on elaborate combinations of criteria. + +The simplest custom searches have only one term. These searches +permit the selected *field* +to be compared using a +selectable *operator* to a +specified *value.* Much of this could be reproduced using the standard +fields. However, you can then combine terms using "Match ANY" or "Match ALL", +using parentheses for combining and priority, in order to construct searches +of almost arbitrary complexity. + +There are three fields in each row (known as a "term") of a custom search: + +- *Field:* + the name of the field being searched + +- *Operator:* + the comparison operator + +- *Value:* + the value to which the field is being compared + +The list of available *fields* contains all the fields defined for a bug, +including any custom fields, and then also some pseudofields like +:guilabel:`Assignee Real Name`, :guilabel:`Days Since Bug Changed`, +:guilabel:`Time Since Assignee Touched` and other things it may be useful to +search on. + +There are a wide range of *operators* available, not all of which may make +sense for a particular field. There are various string-matching operations +(including regular expressions), numerical comparisons (which also work for +dates), and also the ability to search for change information—when a field +changed, what it changed from or to, and who did it. There are special +operators for :guilabel:`is empty` and :guilabel:`is not empty`, because +Bugzilla can't tell the difference between a value field left blank on +purpose and one left blank by accident. + +You can have an arbitrary number of rows, and the dropdown box above them +defines how they relate—:guilabel:`Match ALL of the following separately`, +:guilabel:`Match ANY of the following separately`, or :guilabel:`Match ALL of +the following against the same field`. The difference between the first and +the third can be illustrated with a comment search. If you have a search:: + + Comment contains the string "Fred" + Comment contains the string "Barney" + +then under the first regime (match separately) the search would return bugs +where "Fred" appeared in one comment and "Barney" in the same or any other +comment, whereas under the second (match against the same field), both strings +would need to occur in exactly the same comment. + +.. _advanced-features: + +Advanced Features +----------------- + +If you click :guilabel:`Show Advanced Features`, then more capabilities appear. +You can negate any row with a checkbox (see below) and also group lines of the +search with parentheses to determine how different search terms relate. Within +each bracketed set, you get the choice of combining them using ALL (i.e. AND) +or ANY (i.e. OR). + +Negation +-------- + +At first glance, negation seems redundant. Rather than +searching for:: + + NOT ( summary contains the string "foo" ) + +one could search for:: + + summary does not contain the string "foo" + +However, the search:: + + CC does not contain the string "@mozilla.org" + +would find every bug where anyone on the CC list did not contain +"@mozilla.org" while:: + + NOT ( CC contains the string "@mozilla.org" ) + +would find every bug where there was nobody on the CC list who +did contain the string. Similarly, the use of negation also permits +complex expressions to be built using terms OR'd together and then +negated. Negation permits queries such as:: + + NOT ( ( product equals "Update" ) + OR + ( component equals "Documentation" ) + ) + +to find bugs that are neither +in the :guilabel:`Update` product or in the :guilabel:`Documentation` component +or:: + + NOT ( ( commenter equals "%assignee%" ) + OR + (component equals "Documentation" ) + ) + +to find non-documentation bugs on which the assignee has never commented. + +.. _pronouns: + +Pronoun Substitution +-------------------- + +Sometimes, a query needs to compare a user-related field +(such as :guilabel:`Reporter`) with a role-specific user (such as the +user running the query or the user to whom each bug is assigned). For +example, you may want to find all bugs that are assigned to the person +who reported them. + +When the :guilabel:`Custom Search` operator is either :guilabel:`equals` or +:guilabel:`notequals`, the value can be "%reporter%", "%assignee%", +"%qacontact%", or "%user%". These are known as "pronouns". The user pronoun +refers to the user who is executing the query or, in the case +of whining reports, the user who will be the recipient +of the report. The reporter, assignee, and qacontact +pronouns refer to the corresponding fields in the bug. + +This feature also lets you search by a user's group memberships. If the +operator is either :guilabel:`equals`, :guilabel:`notequals` or +:guilabel:`anyexact`, you can search for +whether a user belongs (or not) to the specified group. The group name must be +entered using "%group.foo%" syntax, where "foo" is the group name. +So if you are looking for bugs reported by any user being in the +"editbugs" group, then you can use:: + + reporter equals "%group.editbugs%" + +.. _list: + +Bug Lists +========= + +The result of a search is a list of matching bugs. + +The format of the list is configurable. For example, it can be +sorted by clicking the column headings. Other useful features can be +accessed using the links at the bottom of the list: + +Long Format: + this gives you a large page with a non-editable summary of the fields + of each bug. + +XML (icon): + get the buglist in an XML format. + +CSV (icon): + get the buglist as comma-separated values, for import into e.g. + a spreadsheet. + +Feed (icon): + get the buglist as an Atom feed. Copy this link into your + favorite feed reader. If you are using Firefox, you can also + save the list as a live bookmark by clicking the live bookmark + icon in the status bar. To limit the number of bugs in the feed, + add a limit=n parameter to the URL. + +iCalendar (icon): + Get the buglist as an iCalendar file. Each bug is represented as a + to-do item in the imported calendar. + +Change Columns: + change the bug attributes which appear in the list. + +Change Several Bugs At Once: + If your account is sufficiently empowered, and more than one bug + appears in the bug list, this link is displayed and lets you easily make + the same change to all the bugs in the list - for example, changing + their assignee. + +Send Mail to Bug Assignees: + If more than one bug appear in the bug list and there are at least + two distinct bug assignees, this links is displayed which lets you + easily send a mail to the assignees of all bugs on the list. + +Edit Search: + If you didn't get exactly the results you were looking for, you can + return to the Query page through this link and make small revisions + to the query you just made so you get more accurate results. + +Remember Search As: + You can give a search a name and remember it; a link will appear + in your page footer giving you quick access to run it again later. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73aa707c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +.. _using: + +========== +User Guide +========== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + creating-an-account + filing + understanding + editing + finding + reports-and-charts + tips + preferences + extensions + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/preferences.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/preferences.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d61dc4f8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/preferences.rst @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +.. _user-preferences: + +User Preferences +################ + +Once logged in, you can customize various aspects of +Bugzilla via the "Preferences" link in the page footer. +The preferences are split into a number of tabs, detailed in the sections +below. + +.. _generalpreferences: + +General Preferences +=================== + +This tab allows you to change several default settings of Bugzilla. +Administrators have the power to remove preferences from this list, so you +may not see all the preferences available. + +Each preference should be self-explanatory. + +.. _emailpreferences: + +Email Preferences +================= + +This tab allows you to enable or disable email notification on +specific events. + +In general, users have almost complete control over how much (or +how little) email Bugzilla sends them. If you want to receive the +maximum amount of email possible, click the ``Enable All +Mail`` button. If you don't want to receive any email from +Bugzilla at all, click the ``Disable All Mail`` button. + +.. note:: A Bugzilla administrator can stop a user from receiving + bugmail by clicking the ``Bugmail Disabled`` checkbox + when editing the user account. This is a drastic step + best taken only for disabled accounts, as it overrides + the user's individual mail preferences. + +There are two global options -- ``Email me when someone +asks me to set a flag`` and ``Email me when someone +sets a flag I asked for``. These define how you want to +receive bugmail with regards to flags. Their use is quite +straightforward: enable the checkboxes if you want Bugzilla to +send you mail under either of the above conditions. + +If you'd like to set your bugmail to something besides +'Completely ON' and 'Completely OFF', the +``Field/recipient specific options`` table +allows you to do just that. The rows of the table +define events that can happen to a bug -- things like +attachments being added, new comments being made, the +priority changing, etc. The columns in the table define +your relationship with the bug - reporter, assignee, QA contact (if enabled) +or CC list member. + +To fine-tune your bugmail, decide the events for which you want +to receive bugmail; then decide if you want to receive it all +the time (enable the checkbox for every column) or only when +you have a certain relationship with a bug (enable the checkbox +only for those columns). For example, if you didn't want to +receive mail when someone added themselves to the CC list, you +could uncheck all the boxes in the ``CC Field Changes`` +line. As another example, if you never wanted to receive email +on bugs you reported unless the bug was resolved, you would +uncheck all boxes in the ``Reporter`` column +except for the one on the ``The bug is resolved or +verified`` row. + +.. note:: Bugzilla adds the ``X-Bugzilla-Reason`` header to + all bugmail it sends, describing the recipient's relationship + (AssignedTo, Reporter, QAContact, CC, or Voter) to the bug. + This header can be used to do further client-side filtering. + +Bugzilla has a feature called ``User Watching``. +When you enter one or more comma-delineated user accounts (usually email +addresses) into the text entry box, you will receive a copy of all the +bugmail those users are sent (security settings permitting). +This powerful functionality enables seamless transitions as developers +change projects or users go on holiday. + +Each user listed in the ``Users watching you`` field +has you listed in their ``Users to watch`` list +and can get bugmail according to your relationship to the bug and +their ``Field/recipient specific options`` setting. + +Lastly, you can define a list of bugs on which you no longer wish to receive +any email, ever. (You can also add bugs to this list individually by checking +the "Ignore Bug Mail" checkbox on the bug page for that bug.) This is useful +for ignoring bugs where you are the reporter, as that's a role it's not +possible to stop having. + +.. _saved-searches: + +Saved Searches +============== + +On this tab you can view and run any Saved Searches that you have +created, and any Saved Searches that other members of the group +defined in the :param:`querysharegroup` parameter have shared. +Saved Searches can be added to the page footer from this screen. +If somebody is sharing a Search with a group they are allowed to +:ref:`assign users to <groups>`, the sharer may opt to have +the Search show up in the footer of the group's direct members by default. + +.. _account-information: + +Account Information +=================== + +On this tab, you can change your basic account information, +including your password, email address and real name. For security +reasons, in order to change anything on this page you must type your +*current* password into the ``Password`` +field at the top of the page. +If you attempt to change your email address, a confirmation +email is sent to both the old and new addresses with a link to use to +confirm the change. This helps to prevent account hijacking. + +.. _api-keys: + +API Keys +======== + +API keys allow you to give a "token" to some external software so it can log +in to the WebService API as you without knowing your password. You can then +revoke that token if you stop using the web service, and you don't need to +change your password everywhere. + +You can create more than one API key if required. Each API key has an optional +description which can help you record what it is used for. + +On this page, you can unrevoke, revoke and change the description of existing +API keys for your login. A revoked key means that it cannot be used. The +description is optional and purely for your information. + +You can also create a new API key by selecting the checkbox under the 'New +API key' section of the page. + +.. _permissions: + +Permissions +=========== + +This is a purely informative page which outlines your current +permissions on this installation of Bugzilla. + +A complete list of permissions in a default install of Bugzilla is below. +Your administrator may have defined other permissions. Only users with +*editusers* privileges can change the permissions of other users. + +admin + Indicates user is an Administrator. + +bz_canusewhineatothers + Indicates user can configure whine reports for other users. + +bz_canusewhines + Indicates user can configure whine reports for self. + +bz_quip_moderators + Indicates user can moderate quips. + +bz_sudoers + Indicates user can perform actions as other users. + +bz_sudo_protect + Indicates user cannot be impersonated by other users. + +canconfirm + Indicates user can confirm a bug or mark it a duplicate. + +creategroups + Indicates user can create and destroy groups. + +editbugs + Indicates user can edit all bug fields. + +editclassifications + Indicates user can create, destroy and edit classifications. + +editcomponents + Indicates user can create, destroy and edit products, components, + versions, milestones and flag types. + +editkeywords + Indicates user can create, destroy and edit keywords. + +editusers + Indicates user can create, disable and edit users. + +tweakparams + Indicates user can change :ref:`Parameters <parameters>`. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/reports-and-charts.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/reports-and-charts.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..659cd5cbd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/reports-and-charts.rst @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +.. _reports-and-charts: + +Reports and Charts +################## + +As well as the standard buglist, Bugzilla has two more ways of +viewing sets of bugs. These are the reports (which give different +views of the current state of the database) and charts (which plot +the changes in particular sets of bugs over time). + +.. _reports: + +Reports +======= + +A report is a view of the current state of the bug database. + +You can run either an HTML-table-based report, or a graphical +line/pie/bar-chart-based one. The two have different pages to +define them but are close cousins - once you've defined and +viewed a report, you can switch between any of the different +views of the data at will. + +Both report types are based on the idea of defining a set of bugs +using the standard search interface and then choosing some +aspect of that set to plot on the horizontal and/or vertical axes. +You can also get a form of 3-dimensional report by choosing to have +multiple images or tables. + +So, for example, you could use the search form to choose "all +bugs in the WorldControl product" and then plot their severity +against their component to see which component had had the largest +number of bad bugs reported against it. + +Once you've defined your parameters and hit :guilabel:`Generate Report`, +you can switch between HTML, CSV, Bar, Line and Pie. (Note: Pie +is only available if you didn't define a vertical axis, as pie +charts don't have one.) The other controls are fairly self-explanatory; +you can change the size of the image if you find text is overwriting +other text, or the bars are too thin to see. + +.. _charts: + +Charts +====== + +A chart is a view of the state of the bug database over time. + +Bugzilla currently has two charting systems - Old Charts and New +Charts. Old Charts have been part of Bugzilla for a long time; they +chart each status and resolution for each product, and that's all. +They are deprecated, and going away soon - we won't say any more +about them. +New Charts are the future - they allow you to chart anything you +can define as a search. + +.. note:: Both charting forms require the administrator to set up the + data-gathering script. If you can't see any charts, ask them whether + they have done so. + +An individual line on a chart is called a data set. +All data sets are organised into categories and subcategories. The +data sets that Bugzilla defines automatically use the Product name +as a :guilabel:`Category` and Component names as :guilabel:`Subcategories`, +but there is no need for you to follow that naming scheme with your own +charts if you don't want to. + +Data sets may be public or private. Everyone sees public data sets in +the list, but only their creator sees private data sets. Only +administrators can make data sets public. +No two data sets, even two private ones, can have the same set of +category, subcategory and name. So if you are creating private data +sets, one idea is to have the :guilabel:`Category` be your username. + +Creating Charts +--------------- + +You create a chart by selecting a number of data sets from the +list and pressing :guilabel:`Add To List` for each. In the +:guilabel:`List Of Data Sets To Plot`, you can define the label that data +set will have in the chart's legend and also ask Bugzilla to :guilabel:`Sum` +a number of data sets (e.g. you could :guilabel:`Sum` data sets representing +:guilabel:`RESOLVED`, :guilabel:`VERIFIED` and :guilabel:`CLOSED` in a +particular product to get a data set representing all the resolved bugs in +that product.) + +If you've erroneously added a data set to the list, select it +using the checkbox and click :guilabel:`Remove`. Once you add more than one +data set, a :guilabel:`Grand Total` line +automatically appears at the bottom of the list. If you don't want +this, simply remove it as you would remove any other line. + +You may also choose to plot only over a certain date range, and +to cumulate the results, that is, to plot each one using the +previous one as a baseline so the top line gives a sum of all +the data sets. It's easier to try than to explain :-) + +Once a data set is in the list, you can also perform certain +actions on it. For example, you can edit the +data set's parameters (name, frequency etc.) if it's one you +created or if you are an administrator. + +Once you are happy, click :guilabel:`Chart This List` to see the chart. + +.. _charts-new-series: + +Creating New Data Sets +---------------------- + +You may also create new data sets of your own. To do this, +click the :guilabel:`create a new data set` link on the +:guilabel:`Create Chart` page. This takes you to a search-like interface +where you can define the search that Bugzilla will plot. At the bottom of the +page, you choose the category, sub-category and name of your new +data set. + +If you have sufficient permissions, you can make the data set public, +and reduce the frequency of data collection to less than the default +of seven days. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/tips.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/tips.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34274f728 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/tips.rst @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +.. _pro-tips: + +Pro Tips +######## + +This section distills some Bugzilla tips and best practices +that have been developed. + +Autolinkification +================= + +Bugzilla comments are plain text - so typing <U> will +produce less-than, U, greater-than rather than underlined text. +However, Bugzilla will automatically make hyperlinks out of certain +sorts of text in comments. For example, the text +``http://www.bugzilla.org`` will be turned into a link: +`<http://www.bugzilla.org>`_. +Other strings which get linkified in the obvious manner are: + ++ bug 12345 + ++ bugs 123, 456, 789 + ++ comment 7 + ++ comments 1, 2, 3, 4 + ++ bug 23456, comment 53 + ++ attachment 4321 + ++ mailto\:george\@example.com + ++ george\@example.com + ++ ftp\://ftp.mozilla.org + ++ Most other sorts of URL + +A corollary here is that if you type a bug number in a comment, +you should put the word "bug" before it, so it gets autolinkified +for the convenience of others. + +.. _commenting: + +Comments +======== + +If you are changing the fields on a bug, only comment if +either you have something pertinent to say or Bugzilla requires it. +Otherwise, you may spam people unnecessarily with bugmail. +To take an example: a user can set up their account to filter out messages +where someone just adds themselves to the CC field of a bug +(which happens a lot). If you come along, add yourself to the CC field, +and add a comment saying "Adding self to CC", then that person +gets a pointless piece of mail they would otherwise have avoided. + +Don't use sigs in comments. Signing your name ("Bill") is acceptable, +if you do it out of habit, but full mail/news-style +four line ASCII art creations are not. + +If you feel a bug you filed was incorrectly marked as a +DUPLICATE of another, please question it in your bug, not +the bug it was duped to. Feel free to CC the person who duped it +if they are not already CCed. diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using/understanding.rst b/docs/en/rst/using/understanding.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c52bd2167 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using/understanding.rst @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +.. _understanding: + +Understanding a Bug +################### + +The core of Bugzilla is the screen which displays a particular +bug. Note that the labels for most fields are hyperlinks; +clicking them will take you to context-sensitive help on that +particular field. Fields marked * may not be present on every +installation of Bugzilla. + +*Summary:* + A one-sentence summary of the problem, displayed in the header next to + the bug number. + +*Status (and Resolution):* + These define exactly what state the bug is in—from not even + being confirmed as a bug, through to being fixed and the fix + confirmed by Quality Assurance. The different possible values for + Status and Resolution on your installation should be documented in the + context-sensitive help for those items. + +*Alias:* + A unique short text name for the bug, which can be used instead of the + bug number. + +*Product and Component*: + Bugs are divided up by Product and Component, with a Product + having one or more Components in it. + +*Version:* + The "Version" field usually contains the numbers or names of released + versions of the product. It is used to indicate the version(s) affected by + the bug report. + +*Hardware (Platform and OS):* + These indicate the computing environment where the bug was + found. + +*Importance (Priority and Severity):* + The Priority field is used to prioritize bugs, either by the assignee, + or someone else with authority to direct their time such as a project + manager. It's a good idea not to change this on other people's bugs. The + default values are P1 to P5. + + The Severity field indicates how severe the problem is—from blocker + ("application unusable") to trivial ("minor cosmetic issue"). You + can also use this field to indicate whether a bug is an enhancement + request. + +*\*Target Milestone:* + A future version by which the bug is to + be fixed. e.g. The Bugzilla Project's milestones for future + Bugzilla versions are 4.4, 5.0, 6.0, etc. Milestones are not + restricted to numbers, though—you can use any text strings, such + as dates. + +*Assigned To:* + The person responsible for fixing the bug. + +*\*QA Contact:* + The person responsible for quality assurance on this bug. + +*URL:* + A URL associated with the bug, if any. + +*\*Whiteboard:* + A free-form text area for adding short notes and tags to a bug. + +*Keywords:* + The administrator can define keywords which you can use to tag and + categorise bugs—e.g. ``crash`` or ``regression``. + +*Personal Tags:* + Unlike Keywords which are global and visible by all users, Personal Tags + are personal and can only be viewed and edited by their author. Editing + them won't send any notifications to other users. Use them to tag and keep + track of sets of bugs that you personally care about, using your own + classification system. + +*Dependencies (Depends On and Blocks):* + If this bug cannot be fixed unless other bugs are fixed (depends + on), or this bug stops other bugs being fixed (blocks), their + numbers are recorded here. + + Clicking the :guilabel:`Dependency tree` link shows + the dependency relationships of the bug as a tree structure. + You can change how much depth to show, and you can hide resolved bugs + from this page. You can also collapse/expand dependencies for + each non-terminal bug on the tree view, using the [-]/[+] buttons that + appear before the summary. + +*Reported:* + The person who filed the bug, and the date and time they did it. + +*Modified:* + The date and time the bug was last changed. + +*CC List:* + A list of people who get mail when the bug changes, in addition to the + Reporter, Assignee and QA Contact (if enabled). + +*Ignore Bug Mail:* + Set this if you want never to get bugmail from this bug again. See also + :ref:`emailpreferences`. + +*\*See Also:* + Bugs, in this Bugzilla, other Bugzillas, or other bug trackers, that are + related to this one. + +*Flags:* + A flag is a kind of status that can be set on bugs or attachments + to indicate that the bugs/attachments are in a certain state. + Each installation can define its own set of flags that can be set + on bugs or attachments. See :ref:`flags`. + +*\*Time Tracking:* + This form can be used for time tracking. + To use this feature, you have to be a member of the group + specified by the :param:`timetrackinggroup` parameter. See + :ref:`time-tracking` for more information. + + Orig. Est.: + This field shows the original estimated time. + Current Est.: + This field shows the current estimated time. + This number is calculated from ``Hours Worked`` + and ``Hours Left``. + Hours Worked: + This field shows the number of hours worked. + Hours Left: + This field shows the ``Current Est.`` - + ``Hours Worked``. + This value + ``Hours Worked`` will become the + new Current Est. + %Complete: + This field shows what percentage of the task is complete. + Gain: + This field shows the number of hours that the bug is ahead of the + ``Orig. Est.``. + Deadline: + This field shows the deadline for this bug. + +*Attachments:* + You can attach files (e.g. test cases or patches) to bugs. If there + are any attachments, they are listed in this section. See + :ref:`attachments` for more information. + +*Additional Comments:* + You can add your two cents to the bug discussion here, if you have + something worthwhile to say. + +.. _flags: + +Flags +===== + +Flags are a way to attach a specific status to a bug or attachment, +either ``+`` or ``-``. The meaning of these symbols depends on the name of +the flag itself, but contextually they could mean pass/fail, +accept/reject, approved/denied, or even a simple yes/no. If your site +allows requestable flags, then users may set a flag to ``?`` as a +request to another user that they look at the bug/attachment and set +the flag to its correct status. + +A set flag appears in bug reports and on "edit attachment" pages with the +abbreviated username of the user who set the flag prepended to the +flag name. For example, if Jack sets a "review" flag to ``+``, it appears +as :guilabel:`Jack: review [ + ]`. + +A requested flag appears with the user who requested the flag prepended +to the flag name and the user who has been requested to set the flag +appended to the flag name within parentheses. For example, if Jack +asks Jill for review, it appears as :guilabel:`Jack: review [ ? ] (Jill)`. + +You can browse through open requests made of you and by you by selecting +:guilabel:`My Requests` from the footer. You can also look at open requests +limited by other requesters, requestees, products, components, and flag names. +Note that you can use '-' for requestee to specify flags with no requestee +set. + +.. _flags-simpleexample: + +A Simple Example +---------------- + +A developer might want to ask their manager, +"Should we fix this bug before we release version 2.0?" +They might want to do this for a *lot* of bugs, +so they decide to streamline the process. So: + +#. The Bugzilla administrator creates a flag type called blocking2.0 for bugs + in your product. It shows up on the :guilabel:`Show Bug` screen as the text + :guilabel:`blocking2.0` with a drop-down box next to it. The drop-down box + contains four values: an empty space, ``?``, ``-``, and ``+``. + +#. The developer sets the flag to ``?``. + +#. The manager sees the :guilabel:`blocking2.0` + flag with a ``?`` value. + +#. If the manager thinks the feature should go into the product + before version 2.0 can be released, they set the flag to + ``+``. Otherwise, they set it to ``-``. + +#. Now, every Bugzilla user who looks at the bug knows whether or + not the bug needs to be fixed before release of version 2.0. + +.. _flags-about: + +About Flags +----------- + +Flags can have four values: + +``?`` + A user is requesting that a status be set. (Think of it as 'A question is being asked'.) + +``-`` + The status has been set negatively. (The question has been answered ``no``.) + +``+`` + The status has been set positively. + (The question has been answered ``yes``.) + +``_`` + ``unset`` actually shows up as a blank space. This just means that nobody + has expressed an opinion (or asked someone else to express an opinion) + about the matter covered by this flag. + +.. _flag-askto: + +Flag Requests +------------- + +If a flag has been defined as :guilabel:`requestable`, and a user has enough +privileges to request it (see below), the user can set the flag's status to +``?``. This status indicates that someone (a.k.a. "the requester") is asking +someone else to set the flag to either ``+`` or ``-``. + +If a flag has been defined as :guilabel:`specifically requestable`, +a text box will appear next to the flag into which the requester may +enter a Bugzilla username. That named person (a.k.a. "the requestee") +will receive an email notifying them of the request, and pointing them +to the bug/attachment in question. + +If a flag has *not* been defined as :guilabel:`specifically requestable`, +then no such text box will appear. A request to set this flag cannot be made +of any specific individual; these requests are open for anyone to answer. In +Bugzilla this is known as "asking the wind". A requester may ask the wind on +any flag simply by leaving the text box blank. + +.. _flag-types: + +.. _flag-type-attachment: + +Attachment Flags +---------------- + +There are two types of flags: bug flags and attachment flags. + +Attachment flags are used to ask a question about a specific +attachment on a bug. + +Many Bugzilla installations use this to +request that one developer review another +developer's code before they check it in. They attach the code to +a bug report, and then set a flag on that attachment called +:guilabel:`review` to +:guilabel:`review? reviewer@example.com`. +reviewer\@example.com is then notified by email that +they have to check out that attachment and approve it or deny it. + +For a Bugzilla user, attachment flags show up in three places: + +#. On the list of attachments in the :guilabel:`Show Bug` + screen, you can see the current state of any flags that + have been set to ``?``, ``+``, or ``-``. You can see who asked about + the flag (the requester), and who is being asked (the + requestee). + +#. When you edit an attachment, you can + see any settable flag, along with any flags that have + already been set. The :guilabel:`Edit Attachment` + screen is where you set flags to ``?``, ``-``, ``+``, or unset them. + +#. Requests are listed in the :guilabel:`Request Queue`, which + is accessible from the :guilabel:`My Requests` link (if you are + logged in) or :guilabel:`Requests` link (if you are logged out) + visible on all pages. + +.. _flag-type-bug: + +Bug Flags +--------- + +Bug flags are used to set a status on the bug itself. You can +see Bug Flags in the :guilabel:`Show Bug` and :guilabel:`Requests` +screens, as described above. + +Only users with enough privileges (see below) may set flags on bugs. +This doesn't necessarily include the assignee, reporter, or users with the +:group:`editbugs` permission. |